VISION

To ensure that the Diploma Level Technical Education constantly matches the latest requirements of
technology and industry and includes the all-round personal development of students including social
concerns and to become globally competitive, technology led organization.

MISSION
To provide high quality technical and managerial manpower, information and consultancy services to the
industry and community to enable the industry and community to face the changing technological and
environmental challenges.

QUALITY POLICY

We, at MSBTE, are committed to offer the best in class academic services to the students and institutes to
enhance the delight of industry and society. This will be achieved through continual improvement in
management practices adopted in the process of curriculum design, development, implementation
evaluation and monitoring system along with adequate faculty development Programs.

CORE VALUES

MSBTE believes in the followings:

• Education industry produces live products.

• Market requirements do not wait for curriculum changes.

• Question paper is the reflector of academic standards of educational organization

• Well-designed curriculum needs effective implementation too.

• Competency based curriculum is the backbone of need based programs.

• Technical skills do need support for life skills.

• Best teachers are the national assets.

• Effective teaching learning process is impossible without learning resources.

A Laboratory Manual for

Electronics Engineering group

Microcontroller and
Applications

(314328)

Semester-IV

(AO,DE,EJ,EK,ET,EX,IC,IE,IS,TE)

Maharashtra State
Board of Technical Education, Mumbai
(Autonomous) (ISO-9001-2008) (ISO/IEC 27001:2013)
 Maharashtra State
Board of Technical Education, Mumbai
(Autonomous) (ISO-9001-2008) (ISO/IEC 27001:2013)
4th Floor, Government Polytechnic Building, 49, Kherwadi,
Bandra (East), Mumbai – 400051.
 Maharashtra State
Board of Technical Education
Certificate
This is to certify that Mr. / Ms …………………………………….
Roll No……………………….of ………… Semester of Diploma
in ………………………………………………………….of
Institute……………………………………………………….
(Code……………….) has attained pre-defined practical outcomes
(PROs) satisfactorily in course Microcontroller and Applications
(314328) for the academic year 20…….to 20….... as prescribed in
the curriculum.

Place ………………. Enrollment No……………………

Date: ..................... Exam Seat No. ………………......

Course Teacher Head of the Department Principal

Seal of the
Institute
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Preface
The primary focus of any engineering laboratory/ field work in the technical
education system is to develop the much needed industry relevant competencies and skills. With
this in view, MSBTE embarked on this innovative ‘K’ Scheme curricula for engineering diploma
programmes with outcome-based education as the focus and accumulator ordinally, relatively
large amount of time is allotted for the practical work. This displays the great importance of
laboratory work making each teacher; instructor and student to realize that every minute of the
laboratory time need to be effectively utilized to develop these outcomes, rather than doing other
mundane activities. Therefore, for the successful implementation of this outcome-based
curriculum, every practical has been designed to serve as a ‘vehicle’ to develop this industry
identified competency in every student. The practical skills are difficult to develop through ‘chalk
and duster’ activity in the classroom situation. Accumulator ordinally, the ‘K’ scheme laboratory
manual development team designed the practical’s to focus on the outcomes, rather than the
traditional age old practice of conducting practical’s to ‘verify the theory’ (which may become a
by-product along the way).

This laboratory manual is designed to help all stakeholders, especially the

students, teachers and instructors to develop in the student the pre-determined outcomes. It is
expected from each student that at least a day in advance, they have to thoroughly read through
the concerned practical procedure that they will do the next day and understand the minimum
theoretical background associated with the practical. Every practical in this manual begins by
identifying the competency, industry relevant skills, course outcomes and practical outcomes
which serve as a key focal point for doing the practical. The students will then become aware about
the skills they will achieve through procedure shown there and necessary precautions to be taken,
which will help them to apply in solving real-world problems in their professional life.

This manual also provides guidelines to teachers and instructors to effectively

facilitate student-centered lab activities through each practical exercise by arranging and managing
necessary resources in order that the students follow the procedures and precautions systematically
ensuring the achievement of outcomes in the students.

Microcontroller is used in almost all the domestic, industrial, consumer goods

and other high end products. Automation is used in every field of engineering and microcontroller
is inbuilt element of these systems and devices. Diploma engineers have to deal with various
microcontroller based systems and maintain them. This course is intended to develop the skills to
maintain and solve the application problems related to microcontrollers.

The lab manual development team wishes to thank MSBTE who took initiative
in the development of curriculum re-design project and implementation and also acknowledge the
contribution of individual course experts who have been involved in laboratory manual as well as
curriculum development (I scheme) directly or indirectly. The National Institute of Technical
Teachers’ Training and Research, Bhopal deserves our sincere appreciation for the guidance
provided.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ i

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Although all care has been taken to check for mistakes in this laboratory
manual, yet it is impossible to claim perfection especially as this is the first edition. Any such
errors and suggestions for improvement can be brought to our notice and are highly welcome.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ ii

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Programme Outcomes (POs) to be achieved through Practical of this Course

Following programme outcomes are expected to be achieved through the practical of the course

PO 1. Basic and Discipline specific knowledge: Apply knowledge of basic mathematics, sciences
and engineering fundamentals and engineering specialization to solve the engineering problems.

PO 2. Problem analysis: Identify and analyze well-defined engineering problems using codified
standard methods.

PO 3. Design/Development of solutions: Design solutions for well-defined technical problems and

assist with the design of system components or processes to meet specified needs.

PO 4. Engineering tools, Experimentation and Testing: Apply modern engineering tools and
appropriate technique to conduct standard tests and measurements.

PO 5. Engineering practices for society, sustainability and environment: Apply appropriate

technology in context of society, sustainability, environment and ethical practices.

PO 6. Project Management: Use engineering management principles individually, as a team

member or a leader to manage projects and effectively communicate about well-defined
engineering activities.

PO 7. Life-long learning: Ability to analyze individual needs and engage in updating in the context
of technological challenge.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ iii

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

List of Industry Relevant Skills

The following industry relevant skills of the competency ‘Maintain microcontroller-based
systems’ are expected to be developed in students by undertaking the practical’s of this laboratory
manual.

1. Identify the relevant microcontroller.

2. Interface various I/O devices with microcontroller.
3. Interpret the program.
4. Maintain microcontroller-based systems.
5. Use features available with given microcontroller.
6. Test the circuit for the given application.
7. Find faults and trouble shoot the given system.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ iv

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Practical- Course Outcome matrix

Course Outcomes (COs)
a. Interpret architecture of 8-bit microcontrollers.
b. Develop program in 8051in assembly language for the given operations.
c. Develop program using timers and interrupt.
d. Interface the memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontrollers.
e. Maintain microcontroller-based application

Sr No. Laboratory Experiment / Practical Titles / CO CO CO CO CO

Tutorial Titles a. b. c. d. e.
1. *Identification of various blocks of 8051
√ - - - -
microcontroller development board.

2. Assembly language program using various

- √ - - -
addressing modes.

3. *ALP to perform arithmetic operations on 8-

- √ - - -
bit data.

4. *ALP to perform arithmetic operations on 16-bit √

- - - -
data.

5. *ALP to perform addition of BCD Data. √ - - -

-
6. *ALP for series addition. √ - - -
-
7. *Array data transfer from source locations to √
- - - -
destination locations.

8. *Block exchange of data from source locations √

- - - -
to destination locations.

9. *Finding the smallest number from the given √

- - - -
data bytes.

10. Finding the largest number from the given data √

- - - -
bytes.

11. *Arranging the number in ascending order. √ - - -

-
12. Arranging the number in descending order √ - - -
-
13. *Generate delay using Timer register. √

14. *Serial 8-bit data transfer on serial port. √

15. LED interfacing to 8051 √

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ v

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Course Outcomes (COs)

a. Interpret architecture of 8-bit microcontrollers.
b. Develop program in 8051in assembly language for the given operations.
c. Develop program using timers and interrupt.
d. Interface the memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontrollers.
e. Maintain microcontroller-based application

Sr No. Laboratory Experiment / Practical Titles / CO CO CO CO CO

Tutorial Titles a. b. c. d. e.
16. Generating pulse and square wave using Timer
- - - √ -
delay.

17. LED matrix Interfacing to 8051. - - - √ -

18. *Seven-segment display interface for

- - - √ -
displaying the decimal numbers.

19. *Relay interfacing to Microcontroller. - - - √ -

20. *LCD interfacing to 8051 to display characters

- - - √ -
and decimal number.

21. Keyboard interfacing to 8051. - -- √ -

-
22. * ADC interfacing to 8051.
- - √ -
-

23. *DAC Interfacing to generate the square - √

- - -
waveform.

24. DAC Interfacing to generate the triangular

- - - √
waveform. -

25. *Stepper Motor Interfacing to 8051. - - - √

-
26. Stepper Motor Interfacing to 8051 for rotating - - - - √
anti-clockwise

27. Water Level controller using 8051. - - - - √

28. Temperature Sensor Interfacing to detect and - - - - √

measure temperature.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ vi

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Guidelines to Teachers
1. Teacher is expected to refer complete curriculum document and follow guidelines for
implementation
2. Teacher should provide the guideline with demonstration of practical to the students with all
features.
3. Teacher shall explain prior concepts to the students before starting of each practical
4. Involve students in performance of each practical.
5. Teacher should ensure that the respective skills and competencies are developed in the
students after the completion of the practical exercise.
6. Teachers should give opportunity to students for hands on experience after the demonstration.
7. Teacher is expected to share the skills and competencies to be developed in the students.
8. Teacher may provide additional knowledge and skills to the students even though not covered
in the manual but are expected the students by the industry.
9. Give practical assignment and assess the performance of students based on task assigned to
check whether it is as per the instructions.
10. Assess the skill achievement of the students and COs of each unit.
11. At the beginning Teacher should make the students acquainted with any of the simulation
software environment as few experiments are based on simulation.
12. It is desirable to paste the photo of actual experimental setup or draw block diagram of
experimental setup.
13. Practical No.1 should not be consider for Practical (ESE-End Semester Exam).
14. Conduct workshops teaching students how to safely and properly dispose of electronic waste,
fostering a culture of sustainability within the lab environment.
15. Introduce zero-waste challenges where students are encouraged to create projects using only
recycled or repurposed components from existing e-waste, promoting creativity and
resourcefulness.

Instructions for Students

1. Listen carefully the lecture given by teacher about course, curriculum, learning structure,
skills to be developed.
2. Before performing the practical student shall read lab manual of related practical to be
conducted.
3. For incidental writing on the day of each practical session every student should maintain a
dated log book for the whole semester, apart from this laboratory manual which s/he has to
submit for assessment to the teacher.
4. Organize the work in the group and make record of all observations.
5. Students shall develop maintenance skill as expected by industries.
6. Student shall attempt to develop related hand-on skills and gain confidence.
7. Student shall develop the habits of evolving more ideas, innovations, skills etc. those included
in scope of manual

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ vii

Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

8. Student shall refer technical magazines, IS codes and data books.

9. Student should develop habit to submit the practical on date and time.
10. Student should well prepare while submitting write-up of exercise.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ viii

 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Content Page
List of Practical’s and Progressive Assessment Sheet

Sr Title of the practical Page Date of Date of Assessment Dated Remarks

No No. performance submission marks (25) sign. (if any)
of
teacher
1 *Identification of various blocks of
8051 microcontroller development
board.
2 Assembly language program using
various addressing modes.
3 *ALP to perform arithmetic
operations on 8- bit data.
4 *ALP to perform arithmetic
operations on 16-bit data.
5 *ALP to perform addition of BCD
Data.
6 *ALP for series addition.

7 *Array data transfer from source

locations to destination locations.
8 *Block exchange of data from source
locations to destination locations.
9 *Finding the smallest number from
the given data bytes.
10 Finding the largest number from the
given data bytes.
11 *Arranging the numbers in ascending
order.
12 Arranging the numbers in descending
order
13 *Generate delay using Timer register.

14 *Serial 8-bit data transfer on serial

port.
15 LED interfacing to 8051
16 Generating pulse and square wave by
using Timer delay.
17 LED matrix Interfacing to 8051.
18 *Seven-segment display to interface
for displaying the decimal number.
19 *Relay interfacing to Microcontroller.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ ix

 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Sr Title of the practical Page Date of Date of Assessment Dated Remarks

No No. performance submission marks (25) sign. (if any)
of
teacher
20 *LCD interfacing of 8051 to display
the characters and decimal numbers.
21 Keyboard interfacing to 8051.

22 * ADC interfacing to 8051.

23 *DAC Interfacing to generate the

square waveform.
24 DAC Interfacing to generate the
triangular waveform.
25 *Stepper Motor Interfacing to 8051.

26 Stepper Motor Interfacing to 8051 for

rotating anti-clockwise
27 Water Level controller using 8051.

28 Temperature Sensor Interfacing to

detect and measure temperature
Total Marks .
• The practical marked as ‘*’ are compulsory,
• Column 6th marks to be transferred to Performa of CIAAN-2017.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ x

 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Practical No. 1: Identification of various blocks of 8051 microcontroller

development board
I. Practical Significance
Microcontroller has wide application in electronic system needing real time
processing/control, starting from domestic application such as washing machine, TV and
air conditioners. They are also used in automobiles, process control industries, cell phones,
robotics and in space application.

II. Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III. Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interpret architecture of 8-bit microcontrollers.

IV. Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Identify the functions of various blocks of 8051microcontroller development board

V. Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

1. Demonstrate working as a leader/a team member.
2. Maintain tools and equipment.
3. Follow ethical practices.

VI. Relevant Theoretical Background

Microcontroller is a single chip microcomputer made through VLSI fabrication.
8051 is the first microcontroller of the MCS-51 family introduced by Intel Corporation.

Fig 1.1 Block diagram of 8051

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

1
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

It has inbuilt components such as CPU, internal RAM and ROM, timers/counters, serial ports,
interrupts and I/O ports. AT80C51 is compatible with MCS-51. The 8051 is an 8-bit processor.
The CPU can work on only 8 bits of data at a time.

Specification of microcontroller 8051

1. It is an 8-bit microcontroller
2. It has 128 bytes of Internal RAM
3. It has 4 kilo bytes of Internal ROM
4. It has two 16-bit internal timers/counters
5. It has four 8-bit parallel ports
6. It has one full duplex serial port
7. It has three internal and two external interrupts.

Pin diagram of 8051: 8051 is a 40 pin IC and operates on +5 volts DC supply.

Fig. 1.2 Pin diagram of 8051

Keil IDE
Keil is 8051 development tool which includes a text Editor, Assembler Debugger, linker,
Simulator, C-complier, hex converter, locator and some in-built features like logic analyzer to
observe various waveforms. It also includes terminal emulator. Keil supports all 8051
derivatives and valuable tool for embedded software development.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

2
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

The Development board

Fig. 1.3 8051 Development Board

The development board has 8051 microcontrollers along with some necessary component like
MAX 232, resistor network etc. It is a devise used to develop and design a prototype embedded
system. Port pins are taken out for interfacing various peripherals. It has a provision to
download the hex file of user program which is generated by Keil or any other IDE. FLASH
MAGIC software is used to download the hex file into the code memory of microcontroller.

Fig. 1.4 8051 Programming through serial cable

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

3
 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

VII. Resources required

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1. Microcontroller Single board system with 8K RAM,ROM memory with 1 No.
kit battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
c-compiler,RS-232,USB, interfacing facility with built in
power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.

VIII. Precautions to be Followed

Do not power up development board when identifying block.

IX. Procedure
Steps for creating a project using Keil software:
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon. (Keil automatically opens the last
project which was opened previously, when Keil was closed).
2. To create new project, Click on Project and select new project.
3. Select appropriate location for new project and type project name, click on save
button.

4. “Select device for Target Target-1” window will open. It displays a list of
manufacturers of microcontrollers.
5. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL, list of supported microcontrollers gets displayed.
Select 80C51AH from INTEL or AT89C51 (or as per the target board) for ATMEL
then click ok.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

4
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

6. Click file pull down menu. Select new, a text editor window will open. Save this
file in a same folder where project was stored. Give extension as .ASM or. A51.

7. On left hand project work space window will display Target1 and Source group1.
8. Right click on source group; Add files to source group 1.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

5
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

9. Select file type as asm source file. Now all .asm file names will be displayed.
Select appropriate file, click ADD and close.

10. Project work space window will display ‘Target 1’ and ‘Source group 1’ with added
file name.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

6
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

11. Type assembly language program. End with END directive. Save the file periodically.

12. Right click on source group, click on Build target or press F7.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

7
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

13. Output window will display the errors if any. If there are some errors, then remove the
errors and repeat from step number 12 until no errors.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

8
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

To create a hex file, follow this procedure

a. Right click on target in project window.
b. Click on options for target ‘target 1’.
c. Click on output tab and checkmark the option “create hex file”.
d. Click ok
e. Repeat step 12 again.
Observe output window. Hex file is created.

This step is optional for the experiments which need only simulation method to observe the
results.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

9
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

14. To start the simulation. Click on Debug pull down. Then select start/Stop debug session.

15. On start of debug session, project window will display all internal registers of 8051 and
their contents. To execute the program step by step, go on clicking on “step over” button.
16. Observe the logic levels of port pins, timers, interrupt etc. by clicking on PERIPHERALS
and select appropriate option.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

10
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Execute the program step by step and observe the logic levels on port pins.

17. Observe the serial communication by clicking VIEW pull down and select serial window-
1 Option.

18. Observe the contents of internal, external and code memory contents.
a. Click on memory window button
b. Memory window will get displayed near output window with address bar.
c. Type “i: address 8-bit H” for internal memory.” X: address16 bit H” for external memory
for code memory type “C: address”.
d. To modify the contents of memory, right click on contents of any memory location and
enter new valued to be loaded in that memory location

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

11
 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Please note that the features of Sr. no.16 to 18 are available only in debug mode

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

X. Resources Used

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.

2.

XI. Actual procedure followed (use blank sheet provided if space is not sufficient)

1. …………………………………………………………………………………
2. …………………………………………………………………………………
3. …………………………………………………………………………………
4. …………………………………………………………………………………
5. …………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

12
 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

XII. Observations

Observe development board and list various components and write their
functions.
Table no. 1

Sr. No. Component Function

XIII. Result (Identification of various block of 8051 development board )

…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

XIV. Interpretation of Results (Hardware and software features of 8051 development

board and Keil)
………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
XV. Conclusions and Recommendations (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the
interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………..……………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI. Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more such
questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO.

1. Define bus. List different types of buses available in 8051 microcontroller

2. List any four features of Keil IDE.
3. State Program memory and Data memory capacity of 8051 microcontroller
4. Explain the selection criteria for selecting a microcontroller device.
5. State function of following pins of 8051 microcontroller:
i) ALE ii) RST iii) EA iv) PSEN

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

13
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

(Space for answers)

……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

14
 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII. References / Suggestions for further Reading

1. https://www.ee.iitb.ac.in/uma/~wel/wel12/.../ATMEL%2089C51.pdf
2. https://ee.iust.ac.ir/files/ee/pages/az/mazidi.pdf
3. http://www.keil.com
4. http://www.circuitstoday.com/getting-started-with-keil-uvision

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

15
 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

XVIII. Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related(15 Marks) 60% (15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 30%

2 Identifying components on developer kit 20%

3 Follow ethical practices. 10%

Product related (10 Marks) 40%(10)

4 Observations and recording 20%

5 Relevance of output of the problem definition. 15%

Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample 05%

6
questions.
TOTAL 100% (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

16
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Practical No.2: Assembly Language Program using various addressing

modes

I Practical Significance
The addressing modes specifies the way data can be moved or copied from source to
destination location thus providing various options and flexibility for data transfer.
This allows the programmer to write structured program which is essential to code
maintainability.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

III Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an Assembly Language Program (ALP) for addition of two number bers
using various addressing modes and assembler directives.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Addressing Modes
A microcontroller provides various methods for accumulator essing data needed in the
execution of an instruction. The various methods of accumulator essing the data are
called addressing modes.
1. Immediate addressing mode:
The data is provided in instruction itself.
Ex: MOV A, #05H (The immediate data 05H provided in instruction is moved into A
register).
Ex: ADD A, #05H (The immediate data 05H provided in instruction is added with
contents of A register and the result is stored in A register).

2. Register addressing mode:

The registers hold the data. The permitted registers are A, R7-R0 of each register bank.
Ex: MOV A, R0 content of R0 register is copied into Accumulator.
Ex: ADD A, R0 content of R0 register is added with content of Accumulator and
result is stored in Accumulator.

3. Direct addressing mode:

The data is in the RAM memory location and this address is given as part of
instruction.
Ex: MOV A, 30H Content of RAM address 30H is copied into Accumulator.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

17
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Ex: ADD A, 40H Content of RAM address 40H is added with content of
Accumulator and result is stored into Accumulator

4. Register Indirect addressing mode:

Here the address of memory location is indirectly provided by a register.
The '@' sign indicates that the register holds the address of memory location
Ex: MOV A, @R0 Copy the content of memory location whose address is given
in R0 register.
Ex: ADD A, @R0 Add content of Accumulator and content of memory location
whose address is given by register R0 and store the result in Accumulator.
5. Register specific mode:
The operand is specified by certain specific registers such as accumulator or
DPTR
Ex: RRA Rotate the contents of accumulator to the right

6. Indexed Addressing mode:

This addressing mode is basically used for accumulator addressing data from look
up table. Here the address of memory is indexed.
Ex: MOVC A, @A+DPTR The content of A register is added with content of
DPTR and the resultant is the address of memory location from where the data
is copied to A register.

Assembler Directives:
The assembler directives are instructions to the assembler to carry out certain
activity during the assembly process. The common assembler directives are:
❖ ORG: Indicates the beginning of the address.
❖ DB: Used to define 8-bit data in decimal, binary, hexadecimal, ASCII formats.
❖ EQU: Used to define a constant without occupying a memory location.
❖ END: Indicates end of the source file.

VII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Instrument
Sr. No. Specification Quantity
/Components
1. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and 1 1 No.
program downloading software.
VIII Precautions to be followed

1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

IX Procedure
Develop Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL and select 80c51AH or AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as .asm or .a51.

Compile the Program

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

18
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

6. Right click on source group and build the target.

7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window. It will display all internal registers
of 8051 and their contents.
11. Note the contents of the registers in observation table

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

X Resources Used
S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity
1.

2.

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to add two 8-bit numbers using immediate and
direct addressing mode.
Step 1: Algorithm
1. Start
2. Move the immediate data 02H into accumulator
3. Add the data in accumulator with immediate data 03H
4. Initialize R1 with memory address 30H
5. Move the result of addition from accumulator to the memory address pointed by R1.
6. Stop

Step 2-Flowchart

Fig 2.1 Flowchart to add data from accumulator with immediate data

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

19
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex Code

Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
;Move the data 02H in
C:0x0000 7402 MOV A, #02H
accumulator
;Add the contents of
C:0x0002 2403 ADD A, #03H
accumulator with 03H
;Move the result in accumulator
C:0x0004 F530 MOV 30H, A
to memory address 30H
END ;Stop

Output Window

Fig 2.2 Output Window

SAMPLE PROGRAM 2: Write a program using ORG, DB and END directives

Step 1-Algorithm
1. Start.
2. Use ORG directive to set memory location at 0000H.
3. Initialize data pointer to memory location pointed by label MYDATA.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

20
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

4. Clear Accumulator.
5. Move into accumulator a byte of data located at address pointed by DPTR.
6. Move data in accumulator to register r0
7. Increment data pointer
8. Clear Accumulator.
9. Move into accumulator a byte of data located at address pointed by DPTR.
10. Add data in accumulator with data in register R0
11. Initialize Data pointer to new memory location 2000H.
12. Move the contents of Accumulator to address pointed by DPTR.
13. Use data directive to write data 02H at memory location 0010H and data 03H at
memory location 0011H

Step 2-Flowchart

Fig 2.3 Flowchart for ORG, DB and END directives program

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

21
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments

Address
ORG 0000H ;Use ORG
directive to set
memory location at
0000H
0000 900010 MOV DPTR, #MYDATA ;Initialize data
pointer to memory
Location pointed
by label MYDATA
0003 E4 CLR A ; Clear
Accumulator
0004 93 MOVC A, @A+DPTR ;Move code byte at
ACCUMULATOR
+DPTR to
ACCUMULATOR
0005 F8 MOV R0, A ;Move data in
accumulator to
register R0
0006 A3 INC DPTR ;Increment data
pointer by1
0007 E4 CLR A ; Clear
Accumulator
0008 93 MOVC A, @A+DPTR ;Move code byte at
accumulator
+DPTR to
accumulator
0009 28 ADD A, R0 ;Add data in
accumulator with
data in Register R0
;Initialize data
pointer to new data
000A 902000 MOV DPTR, #2000H
memory location
2000H
Move the contents
of accumulator to
000D F0 MOVX @DPTR, A
address pointed by
DPTR
000E 80FE SJMP $
0010 0203 MYDA ;8-bit Data bytes to
DB 02H,03H
TA: be added
END ;Stop

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

22
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Output Window

Fig 2.4 Output Window

Problem statement #1 for student: Write a program to add two data bytes stored in internal
RAM locations using direct and indirect addressing Mode.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

23
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

24
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Problem statement #2 for student: Write a program using EQU directive.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

25
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

X Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
7. ……………………………………………………………………………………….
8. …………………………………………………………………………………………
9. …………………………………………………………………………………………

XII Observation Table

After execution of sample program 1 After execution of sample program 2

Accumulator Accumulator

Immediate data R0

30H memory 2000H memory

location location

XIII Results (Output of the Program)

………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………
….…………………………………………………………………………………………
………….…………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

26
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

………………………………………………………………….…………………………
…..…………………………………………………………………………………….……

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher
must design more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of
identifies CO.
1. State significance of the symbol # used in addressing mode.
2. Develop a program to add two data bytes 25H and data 42H using immediate and
register addressing mode
3. Interpret output of following program
ORG 0000H
DATA1 EQU 05
DATA2 EQU 02
MOV A, #DATA1
MOV R2, #DATA2
ADD A, R2
END

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………….………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

27
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………

XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded system Using Assembly and C- Muhammad
Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay- Pearson /Prentice Hall, , 2nd
edition, Delhi,2008, ISBN 978-8177589030
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-
BANG/Microprocessors%20and%20Microcontrollers/pdf/Teacher_Slides/mod2/M2
L2.pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT
KANPUR/microcontrollers/chap2.pdf
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nlT5B3JEAak

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
U
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
C
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

28
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

29
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Practical No. 3: ALP to perform arithmetic operations on 8- bit data

I Practical Significance

Applications of microcontroller often involve performing mathematical calculations.

8051 microcontroller provide arithmetic instructions for performing operations such
as addition, subtraction, multiplication, division etc. This practical will help the
students to develop skills to write assembly program for arithmetic operations.

IV Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

V Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to perform arithmetic operations: addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division on 8-bit data

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Arithmetic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division are
carried out by Register A. Register B is specifically used for multiplication and
division purpose. The 8051 microcontroller consists of four register banks, Bank0,
Bank1, Bank2, Bank3. Each bank contains 8 registers (R0 to R7).
Arithmetic operations affect flags in PSW register of 8051

Fig 3.2 Program Status Word Register

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

30
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Arithmetic Instructions:

Mnemonics Operational description

ADD A, #number Add the immediate number with accumulator and stores result in

accumulator

ADD A, Rn Add the data in Rn with accumulator and stores result in accumulator

ADD A, add Add the data in add with accumulator and stores result in accumulator

ADD A, @Rp Add the data at the address in Rp with accumulator and stores result in

accumulator

ADDC A,# number Add the immediate number with accumulator and carry, stores result in

accumulator

ADDC A, Rn Add the data in Rn with accumulator and carry, stores result in accumulator

ADDC A, add Add the data in add with accumulator and carry, stores result in accumulator

ADDC A, @Rp Add the data at the address in Rp with accumulator and carry, stores result

in accumulator

SUBB A, #number Subtract immediate number and carry from accumulator; stores the result in

accumulator

SUBB A, add Subtract the content of add and carry from accumulator; stores the result in

accumulator

SUBB A, Rn Subtract the data in Rn and carry from accumulator; stores the result in

accumulator

SUBB A, @Rp Subtract the data at the address in Rp and carry from accumulator; stores the

result in accumulator

MUL AB Multiply accumulator and register B. store the lower byte of result in

accumulator and higher byte in B

DIV AB Divide accumulator by register B. store quotient in accumulator and

remainder in B

INC A Increments the accumulator by 1

INC Rn Increments the data in register Rn by 1

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

31
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

INC @Rp Increments the data at the address in Rp

DEC A Decrements the accumulator by 1

DEC Rn Decrements the data in register Rn by 1

DEC @Rp Decrements the data at the address in Rp

INC DPTR Increments data pointer by 1

XII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Instrument
Sr. No. Specification Quantity
/Components
1. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 1 No.
downloading software.

XIII Precautions to be followed

1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

XIV Procedure
Develop Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL and select 80c51AH or AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as .asm or .a51.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window. It will display all internal registers
of 8051 and their contents.
11. Note the contents of the registers in observation table

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

32
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to add, subtract, multiply and divide two 8 bit
numbers.

Step 1: Algorithm
1. Move data 04H in Accumulator.
2. Add data 03H to the number stored in accumulator (04 H).
3. Store result of addition operation in register R1
4. Clear Carry flag
5. Move data 08H in accumulator.
6. Subtract data 02H from number stored in accumulator (08 H).
7. Store result of subtraction operation in register R2
8. Move data 05H in accumulator and data 03H in register B.
9. Multiply the two number.
10. Store lower byte of product in R3 and higher byte of product R4.
11. Move data 10 H in Accumulator and 06 H in register B.
12. Divide the two number.
13. Store quotient in register R5 and remainder in register R6
14. Stop

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

33
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Step 2-Flowchart

Fig 3.3 Flowchart for arithmetic operations

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

34
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 7404 MOV A, #04H ; Move the data 04H in accumulator
; Add the contents of accumulator
C:0x0002 2403 ADD A, #03H
with 03H
C:0x0004 F9 MOV R1, A ; Store the result in R1 register
C:0x0005 C3 CLR C ;Clear the carry flag
C:0x0006 7408 MOV A, #08H ;Move the data 08H in accumulator
;Subtract the 02H from data in
C:0x0008 9402 SUBB A, #02H
accumulator with borrow(cy)
C:0x000A FA MOV R2, A ;Store the result in R2 register
C:0x000B 7405 MOV A, #05H ;Move the data 05H in accumulator
C:0x000D 75F003 MOV B, #03H ;Move the data 03H in register B
C:0x0010 A4 MUL AB ;Multiply the contents of A and B
C:0x0011 FB MOV R3, A ;Store the lower byte result in R3
C:0x0012 ACF0 MOV R4, B ;Store the higher byte result in R4
C:0x0014 7410 MOV A, #10H ;Move the data 10H in accumulator
C:0x0016 75F006 MOV B, #06H ;Move the data 06 in register B
C:0x0019 84 DIV AB ;Divide the contents of A and B
C:0x001A FD MOV R4, A ;Store the quotient in R4 register
C:0x001B AEF0 MOV R5, B ;Store the Remainder in R5 register
END ;Stop
Output Window

Fig 3.4 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

35
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Problem statement for student: Write a program to perform multiplication and division of
two 8 bit numbers taken from external memory locations and store the result in Registers R0
to R3.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

36
 Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

XV Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XVI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

XII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Arithmetic DATA BYTE1 DATA BYTE 2 Result after execution

operation
Addition R1 =
Subtraction R2 =
Multiplication R3 = R4 =
Division R5 = R6 =

XIII Results (Output of the Program)

………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………

XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………
….…………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

37
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………
…………………………………………………………………………………….………

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must
design more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies
CO.
1. Write an ALP to subtract series of 5 numbers.
2. State the flags affected by DIV AB instruction.
3. Interpret the output of following program
MOV A, # 255
INC A
END
4. Give the status of CY, AC, P flag after execution of following program:
MOV A, # 78H
ADD A, # 55H
END

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………….………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

38
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

39
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/arithmetic-group-in-8051
2. https://technobyte.org/arithmetic-instructions-8051/
3. https://technobyte.org/arithmetic-instructions-8051/

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
U
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
C
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

40
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Practical No. 4: ALP to perform arithmetic operations on 16-bit data.

I Practical Significance
8051 microcontrollers have single instruction arithmetic operations. Applications such as BCD
and ASCII conversions and checksum byte testing require arithmetic operations. This practical
will help the students to develop skills to write assembly program for arithmetic operations.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to perform arithmetic operations: addition, subtraction on 16-bit data.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

When performing 16-bit addition on an 8051 microcontroller, you typically use a combination
of registers to store the intermediate values, operands, and results. The registers used for 16-
bit arithmetic operations are:

1. Accumulator (A): Used for arithmetic and logical operations.

2. Data Pointer (DPTR): A 16-bit register used to point to memory locations. Often used to
point to the locations of the operands in memory.
3. General-Purpose Registers (R0 - R7): Used to store data temporarily.

Fig 4.1 Register Banks

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

41
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

8051 uses DPTR, a 16 bit register to access the 16-bit data from external memory. It is used in
MOVX, MOVC command
Arithmetic operations affect flags in PSW register of 8051

Fig 4.2 Program Status Word Register

The 8051 microcontroller supports various arithmetic operations using specific instructions.
Here's an overview of the key instructions used for arithmetic operations:

Addition Instructions
ADD A, source: Adds the source operand to the accumulator (A). Source can be a register
(R0-R7), a direct address, or an immediate value.
Example: ADD A, R1: Adds the value in register R1 to the accumulator

ADDC A, source: Adds the source operand to the accumulator along with the carry bit. Used
for multi-byte (e.g., 16-bit) addition where carry needs to be considered.
Example: ADDC A, R2: Adds the value in register R2 and the carry bit to the accumulator

Subtraction Instructions
SUBB A, source: Subtracts the source operand and the carry bit from the accumulator. Source
can be a register, a direct address, or an immediate value.
Example: SUBB A, #10H: Subtracts the immediate value 10H and the carry bit from the
accumulator

VII Resources Required

Sr.
Instrument /Components Specification Quantity
No.
1 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, 1 No.
simulation and program downloading
software

VIII Precautions to be Followed

1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

42
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: To perform following: arithmetic operations: 16-bit addition

Step 1-Algorithm
1. Select register bank 2.
2. Initialize Carry Counter to get result > 16 bit.
3. Load LSB of first number in Accumulator.
4. Add LSB of Second number with LSB of first number.
5. Store LSB of result.
6. Load MSB of first number in Accumulator.
7. Add MSB of second number with MSB of first Number.
8. If Carry is not 1, then go to step 10.
9. Increment Carry Counter by 1.
10. Store MSB of result.
11. Store Carry of result.
12. Stop.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

43
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 4.3 Flowchart for arithmetic operations

Step 3- Assembly Language Sample Program: 16-bit Addition

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
Load the contents of memory
C:0x0000 E540 MOV A, 40H location 40H in A register (Lower
8-bits of first number)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

44
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
Load the contents of memory
C:0x0002 8542F0 MOV B, 42H location 42H in B register (Lower 8
bits of second number)
C:0x0005 25F0 ADD A, B Add the contents of A and B
Store the result in memory location
C:0x0007 F544 MOV 44H, A
44H
Load the content of 41H in register
C:0x0009 E541 MOV A, 41H
A (Higher 8 bits of first number)
Load the contents of 43H in register
C:0x000B 8543F0 MOV B, 43H
B (Higher 8 bits of second number)
ADD the contents of A and B with
C:0x000E 35F0 ADDC A,B
previous carry
C:0x0010 F545 MOV 45H, A Store the result at location 45H
END

Output Window

Fig 4.4 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

45
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Problem statement 1 for student: Write a program to perform 16-bit subtraction

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

46
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

X Resources Used

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. Registers/Memory Contents / Result

No. Locations used in the after execution
code
1
2
3

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

47
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

Sr. Registers/Memory Contents / Result

No. Locations used in the after execution
code
4
5
6
XIII Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO
1. Write the status of the CY, AC and P flag after the addition of 1239CH and AC64H.
2. Write instructions to perform subtraction without borrow.
3. Write instructions to perform the following operations:
a. Set the carry flag.
b. Select Bank 2 of RAM memory.
[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

48
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.pantechsolutions.net/...tutorials/subtraction-of-two-numbers-using-8051
2. https://electronicsforyou.in/8051-program-for-addition-of-two-16-bit-numbers/

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

49
Microcontroller & Applications (314328)

XVIII Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

50
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 5: ALP to perform addition of BCD data.

I Practical Significance
8051 microcontrollers have single instruction arithmetic operations. Applications such as BCD
and ASCII conversions and checksum byte testing require arithmetic operations. This practical
will help the students to develop skills to write assembly program for arithmetic operations.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to perform addition of BCD data stored at external and store result in internal
memory.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Binary-Coded Decimal (BCD) is a method of representing decimal numbers where each digit
is encoded as a separate 4-bit binary number. This allows for easier manipulation and display
of decimal numbers in digital systems, such as microcontrollers and computers. The numbers
from 0 to 9 are valid BCD whereas the numbers from A to F are invalid BCDs. Binary-Coded
Decimal (BCD) addition in the 8051 microcontroller involves adding two BCD numbers and
adjusting the result to ensure it remains in BCD format. If the result of addition results in an
invalid BCD then suitable modification of addition of six is done to convert the number from
invalid to valid BCD. For this in 8051 DAA instruction is used.

DAA Instruction:
The DAA (Decimal Adjust Accumulator) instruction is used in the 8051 microcontrollers to
correct the result of a binary-coded decimal (BCD) addition operation. After adding two BCD
numbers, the result might not be a valid BCD number. The DAA instruction adjusts the
accumulator to ensure the result is a valid BCD number.

Conditions for Adjustment:

1. If the lower 4 bits (nibble) of the accumulator are greater than 9, or if the auxiliary
carry (AC) flag is set, 6 is added to the lower nibble.
2. If the upper 4 bits (nibble) of the accumulator are greater than 9, or if the carry (C)
flag is set, 6 is added to the upper nibble.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 51

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Ex: If the result of the addition is 0x3C (which is not a valid BCD), DA A will correct it to
0x42 (which is a valid BCD for the number 42).

VII Resources Required

Sr. Quantit
Instrument /Components Specification
No. y
1 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, 1 No.
simulation and program downloading
software

VIII Precautions to be Followed

1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: To perform addition of BCD data stored at external and store the
result in internal memory.
Step 1-Algorithm
1. Initialize Data pointer [DPTR] with memory location 2000H
2. Load the contents of memory location pointed by DPTR to Accumulator
3. Transfer the contents of A register to R0.
4. Increment DPTR
5. Load the contents of memory location pointed by DPTR to Accumulator
6. Perform the addition of contents of A register with R0 register.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 52

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

7. Perform BCD adjustment on the result by using DA A instruction.

8. Move the contents of Accumulator (result) to internal memory location
9. Stop.

Step 2-Flow Chart:

Fig 5.1 Flowchart for BCD addition

Step 3- Assembly Language Sample Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 00H
Initialize Data pointer [DPTR]
C:0x0000 902000 MOV DPTR, #2000H
with memory location 2000H
Load the contents of memory
C:0x0003 E0 MOVX A, @DPTR location pointed by DPTR to
Accumulator
Transfer the contents of A
C:0x0004 F8 MOV R0, A
register to R0.
C:0x0005 A3 INC DPTR Increment DPTR

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 53

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
Load the contents of memory
C:0x0006 E0 MOVX A ,@DPTR location pointed by DPTR to
Accumulator
Perform the addition of
C:0x0007 28 ADD A, R0 contents of A register with R0
register
Perform BCD adjustment on
C:0x0008 D4 DA A the result by using DA A
instruction.
Transfer the result to internal
C:0x0009 F530 MOV 30H, A
memory location 30H.
END

Input and Output Window:

Fig 5.2 Input Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 54

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 5.2 Output Window

Problem statement 1 for student: Write a program to perform BCD subtraction

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 55

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

X Resources Used:

Instrument
S. No. Specification Quantity
/Components

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Precautions Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 56

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIV Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. No. Memory Location Contents after

used in the code execution
1
2
3

XV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

Interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 57

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XVIII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. Give the significance of Auxiliary carry and Carry flag while performing BCD
operations.
2. Give the types of BCD number system.
3. List the applications of BCD number systems.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 58

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIX References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.refreshnotes.com/2016/04/8051-program-addition-8bit-2digit-bcd.html
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/binary-coded-decimal-bcd-addition
3. https://www.vlsifacts.com/bcd-addition/

XX Assessment Scheme
The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K Scheme’ 59

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Practical No. 6: ALP to perform series addition.

I Practical Significance
The series addition in the 8051 microcontroller is a fundamental aspect of its programming and
functionality. Series addition is a basic arithmetic operation that is used extensively in various
programming tasks within the microcontroller. It is often employed in loop mechanisms where
iterative addition of values is required, essential for tasks like averaging or cumulative sums.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP for sum of series stored in RAM locations 40 to 49H. Find the sum of the values at
the end of program the lower byte stored in 30H and the high byte in 31H.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

The 8051 microcontrollers for performing series addition uses INC and DEC instructions for
efficient byte increment and decrement operations, along with loop instructions and several
iterations to get the final result.
INC (Increment Instruction): The INC instruction increases the value of a byte by one.
Syntax: INC operand
Operands: Can be an accumulator (A), a register (R0-R7), a direct address, a data pointer (DPTR),
or an indirectly addressed memory location (@Ri).
Example: INC A: Increments the accumulator and result stored in accumulator.

DEC (Decrement Instruction): The DEC instruction decreases the value of a byte by one.
Syntax: DEC operand
Operands: Similar to INC, it can target the accumulator, a register, a direct address, or an indirectly
addressed memory location.
Example: DEC A: Decrements the accumulator and result stored in accumulator.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

60
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Branching Instructions:

Operation Mnemonics Description

ACALL Address11 Calls a subroutine in the maximum address range of
2K bytes
Call
LCALL Address16 Calls a subroutine in the maximum address range of
64K bytes
RET Returns the control from subroutine
Return RETI Returns the control from an interrupt subroutine
AJMP Address11 Jumps to an address in a 2KB range
LJMP Address16 Jumps to an address in a 64KB range
SJMP Relative address Jumps to an address in a 256-byte range (0 to 127
(0-7FH) range and -1 to -128 (FFH-80H).
JMP @A+DPTR [DPTR]<-[DPTR+A]

JZ Relative address Jumps to address when accumulator=0

JNZ Relative address Jumps to address when accumulator =0
CJNE A, Direct address, Jumps to relative address when accumulator=data
Jump
Relative address stored at a direct address
CJNE A, #Data, Relative Jumps to relative address when accumulator=data
address given by the programmer
CJNE @Rn, #Data, Jumps to relative address when data at memory
Relative address location stored in register=data given by the
programmer
DJNZ Rn, Relative Decrements value in Rn and jump to relative
address address till Rn =0
DJNZ Direct address, Decrements value at memory location stored in a
Relative address register and jump to relative address till memory
location stored in register =0

VII Resources Required

Sr.
Instrument /Components Specification Quantity
No.
1 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, 1 No.
simulation and program downloading
software

VIII Precautions to be Followed

1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

61
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Develop an ALP for sum of series stored in RAM locations 40 to 49H.
Find the sum of the values at the end of program the lower byte stored in 30H and the high byte in
31H.

Step 1-Algorithm
1. Initialize Register R0 with the starting memory address.
2. Initialize Register R1 as counter to count the number of data values.
3. Initially clear register R2 and Accumulator.
4. Add the contents of Register A and contents of memory location pointed by R0.
5. Check whether carry flag is set or not. If carry flag is set then Increment register R2
6. Increment Register R0 to point to next number.
7. Decrement register R1 to check whether all additions are performed or not
8. If zero flag is not set then go to step 4 and repeat the process till all numbers are added
9. Move the contents of Accumulator (result) and Register R2 to memory location 30H and 31H.
10. Stop.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

62
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 2-Flow Chart:

Fig 6.1 Flowchart for Series addition

Step 3- Assembly Language Sample Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 00H
Initialize Register R0 with
C:0x0000 7840 MOV R0, #40H
memory location 40H
Initialize Register R1 with
C:0x0002 790A MOV R1, #0AH
count value of 10 [0AH]
C:0x0004 7A00 MOV R2, #00H Clear Register R2
C:0x0006 E4 CLR A Clear Accumulator

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

63
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
Add the contents of register A
C:0x0007 26 RPT ADD A, @R0 and the contents of memory
location pointed by R0.
Check the carry flag if it is not
C:0x0008 5001 JNC DOWN
set then jump to label down
Increment the contents of
C:0x000A 0A INC R2
Register R2
Increment the contents of
C:0x000B 08 DOWN INC R0
Register R0
Decrement R1 and check if
C:0x000C D9F9 DJNZ R1, RPT the contents are zero or non-
zero.
Move the contents of
C:0X000E F530 MOV 30H, A accumulator to memory
location 30H
Move the contents of Register
C:0X0010 8A31 MOV 31H, R2
R2 to memory location 31H
END

Input and Output Window:

Input

Fig 6.2 Input Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

64
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Output Window

Fig 6.3 Output Window

Problem statement 1 for student: Write a program to perform Series addition of five numbers taken
from external memory locations and store the result in registers R0 and R1 respectively.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

65
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

X Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……….…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

66
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XI Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. No. Memory Location Contents

used in the code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Sr. No. Memory Location Contents of

used in the code execution
1
2

XV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………….………………

XVI Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

67
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
XVII Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the
interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………..………………

XVIII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more such
questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. MOV A, # 55H
RLC A
Give the Contents of accumulator and status of carry flag after execution of the above two
instructions.
2. Give the instructions used to set and clear the carry flag.
3. Give the sequence of instructions used to perform subtraction without borrow.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..……
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………..………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

68
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..……

XIX References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://electronicsforyou.in/8051-program-to-add-an-array-of-numbers/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/program-branch-group-in-8051
3. https://www.refreshnotes.com/2016/04/8051-program-sum-of-set-of-numbers-in.html

XX Assessment Scheme
The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process and
product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

69
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 7: Array data transfer from source locations to destination

locations

I Practical Significance

Understanding 8051 microcontroller memory organization helps in making optimal use of

internal RAM and ROM. For applications which require additional memory, the external
memory can be accessed. This practical will help the students to develop skills to transfer
data from source to destination location.

VI Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to transfer data from source to destination locations of internal/ external
data memory.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Microcontroller 8051 has two types of memory, Program Memory and Data Memory.
Program Memory (ROM) is used to permanently save the program being executed, while
Data Memory (RAM) is used for temporarily storing data and intermediate results created
and used during the operation of the microcontroller.

Program Memory Data Memory

Fig. 7.1 8051 memory organization

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

70
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

The 8051 microcontroller uses data transfer instructions to move data between internal RAM
locations, as well as between internal and external RAM.

Internal RAM data transfer instructions:

Table 7.1 : Data Transfer Instruction

Mnemonics Description

MOV A, direct Move direct byte to Accumulator

MOV A, @Ri Move indirect RAM to Accumulator

MOV Rn, direct Move direct byte to Register

MOV direct, A Move Accumulator to direct byte

MOV direct, Rn Move register to direct byte

MOV direct, direct Move direct byte to direct byte

PUSH direct Push direct byte onto stack

POP direct Pop direct byte from stack

XCH A, direct Exchange direct byte with Accumulator

XCH A, @Ri Exchange indirect RAM with Accumulator

XCHD A, @Ri Exchange low-order nibble indirect RAM with Accumulator

Instructions to Access External Data Memory:

Table 7.2: External Data Access Instructions

Mnemonic Description

MOVX A, @Rp Copy the contents of the external memory address in Rp to A.

MOVX A. @DPTR Copy the contents of the external memory address in DPTR to A.

MOVX @Rp. A Copy data from A to the external memory address in Rp

MOVX @DPTR, A Copy data from A to the external memory address in DPTR.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

71
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XVII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Instrument
Sr. No. Specification Quantity
/Components
1. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 1 No.
downloading software.

XVIII Precautions to be followed

1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

XIX Procedure
Develop Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL and select 80c51AH or AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as .asm or .a51.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window. It will display all internal registers of 8051
and their contents.
11. Observe the contents of internal and external data memory.

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to transfer a block of 5 data bytes from internal source
data memory locations 40H onwards to destination memory locations 50H onwards.

Step 1: Algorithm

1. Set program starting address.

2. Initialize source memory pointer R0 to 40H.
3. Initialize destination memory pointer R1 to 50H.
4. Initialize iteration count R2 to 05H.
5. Move content of first location into accumulator.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

72
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
6. Move the content of accumulator to first destination location.
7. Increment source memory pointer.
8. Increment destination memory pointer.
9. Decrement iteration count, and jump to step 5, if not zero.
10. Stop

Step 2-Flowchart

Fig. 7.2 Flowchart to transfer a block of data

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

73
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x0000 ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 ;Initialize source memory pointer R0 to
7840 MOV R0, #40H
40H
C:0x0002 ;Initialize destination memory pointer
7950 MOV R1, #50H
R1 to 50H
C:0x0004 7A05 MOV R2, #05H ;Initialize iteration count to 05H
C:0x0006 ;Move the contents of source memory
E6 UP: MOV A, @R0
pointed by R0 to Accumulator
C:0x0007 ;Move the contents of Accumulator to
F7 MOV @R1, A
destination memory pointed by R1
C:0x0008 08 INC R0 ;Increment the contents of R0
C:0x0009 09 INC R1 ;Increment the contents of R1
C:0x000A DAFA DJNZ R2, UP ; Decrement counter by one, Is it zero?
No ,jump to UP
END

Output Window

Fig 7.3 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

74
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Problem statement for student: Write a program to transfer a block of 05 bytes from internal data
memory location 20H onwards to external data memory location 2000H onwards

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

75
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

XX Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XXI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ……………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

76
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Observations for problem statement 1 (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Before execution After execution

Memory location Data Memory location Data

XIII Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….……

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the interpretation

of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. State any two instructions used to access external memory in 8051.
2. State registers used as memory pointers in 8051.
3. Explain the operation of following instructions:
a) XCHD A, @R1 b) PUSH 30H

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

77
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

78
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.silabs.com/documents/public/presentations/8051_Instruction_Set.pdf
2. https://www.daenotes.com/electronics/digital-electronics/8051-microcontroller-instruction-
types
3. https://www.electronicshub.org/8051-microcontroller-memory-organization/

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

79
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 8: Block exchange of data from source locations to destination

locations.

I Practical Significance
Data transfer is a process of moving or copying information from one location to other location
within internal or external data memory. To save the results of certain operations, to create
lookup tables etc. these data transfer programs are required. Block data transfer is more
efficient than byte-by-byte operations, especially when dealing with large data sets.
It minimizes overhead by reducing the number of instruction cycles required for data
movement.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to exchange data from source to destination locations of internal/external
memory locations.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

The 8051 microcontroller memory is divided into Program Memory and Data Memory.
Program Memory (ROM) is used for permanent saving program being executed, while Data
Memory (RAM) is used for temporarily storing and keeping intermediate results and variables.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

80
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 8.1 RAM Organization in 8051

Fig 8.2 ROM Organization in 8051

The 8051 microcontroller includes 128 bytes of internal RAM and up to 4 KB of internal
ROM:

1. RAM (128 bytes): Divided into working registers, bit-addressable area, and general
storage.
2. ROM (4 KB): Stores the microcontroller's firmware, typically used for storing the
program that the 8051 executes. Locations from 0000H to 0FFFH are internal
locations and that exceeds 0FFFH are external locations.

These memory components are integral for the operation and flexibility of the 8051 in
various applications.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

81
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Resources Required

Sr.
Instrument /Components Specification Quantity
No.
1 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, 1 No.
simulation and program
downloading software

VIII Precautions to be Followed

1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write and execute a program to exchange five data bytes of
internal memory location from 50H to 60H onwards.

Step 1-Algorithm
1. Start
2. Initialize memory pointer as a source.
3. Initialize memory pointer as a destination.
4. Initialize counter.
5. Move the content of first location into accumulator.
6. Move the content of accumulator to first destination location.
7. Increment source location.
8. Increment destination location.
9. Move the contents of Accumulator to source locations
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
82
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

10. If zero flag is not set then go to step 4 and repeat the process till all numbers are added
11. Decrement iteration count and if not zero jump to step 5.
12. Stop.

Step 2-Flow Chart:

Fig 8.3 Flowchart for Block Exchange

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

83
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3- Assembly Language Sample Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 00H
Initialize memory pointer R0
C:0x0000 7850 MOV R0,#50H
as a source
Initialize memory pointer R1
C:0x0002 7960 MOV R1, #60H
as a destination
C:0x0004 7F05 MOV R7, #05H Initialize counter.
Move the content of first
C:0x0006 E6 UP MOV A, @R0 location in to
accumulator.
Exchange with destination
C:0x0007 C7 XCH A, @R1
memory
Move the contents of
C:0x0008 F6 MOV @R0,A Accumulator to source
locations
C:0x0009 08 INC R0 Increment source location
C:0x0009 09 INC R1 Increment destination location
Decrement iteration count and
C:0x000A DFF9 DJNZ R7, UP if not zero
jump to step 5.
END

Input and Output Window:

Fig 8.4 Before Execution Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

84
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 8.5 After Execution Window

Problem statement 1 for student: Write a program to perform Block Exchange from source
to destination using external memory locations.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

85
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

X Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

86
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Before execution After execution

Memory Contents Memory Contents Memory Contents Memory Contents
Address Address Address Address

XV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

87
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XVIII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. Write program to perform block transfer from source to destination memory locations.
2. Give the significance of DPTR in using external memory locations.
̅̅̅̅ pin in 8051
3. Give the importance of 𝐸𝐴

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

88
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIX References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.refreshnotes.com/2016/04/8051-program-exchange-block-of-data.html
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/program-branch-group-in-8051
3. https://www.codesexplorer.com/2016/12/8051-alp-to-move-data-from-internal-to-external.html

XX Assessment Scheme
The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

89
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 9: Finding the smallest number from the given data bytes

I Practical Significance

Microcontrollers use compare operation to test or compare register values. The results of
these operations can update flag bits, which can then be used to change program flow
through conditional execution. This practical will help the students to develop skills to use
the compare and loop instructions to find smallest number from a block of data bytes.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP for identifying smallest number from the given data bytes stored in internal/
external data memory

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

In 8051 microcontroller, instructions CJNE and DJNZ can be used in combination for finding
smallest number from a block of data bytes.
CJNE : Compare and Jump If Not Equal -
CJNE compares the value of two operands and branches to the indicated relative address if
operands are not equal. If the two operands are equal program flow continues with the instruction
following the CJNE instruction. CY flag is affected. CY flag is set if the first operand is smaller
than second operand else it is reset.

Mnemonic Description

CJNE A,direct,rel Compares direct byte to the accumulator and jumps if not equal.

CJNE A,#data,rel Compares immediate data to the accumulator and jumps if not equal

CJNE Rn,#data,rel Compares immediate data to the register and jumps if not equal.

CJNE @Ri,#data,rel Compares immediate data to indirect register and jumps if not equal.

DJNZ Rn, relative

This instruction decrements the contents of register by 1 and jump to the relative address if not zero.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 90

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Instrument
Sr. No. Specification Quantity
/Components
1. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 1 No.
downloading software.

VIII Precautions to be followed

1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

IX Procedure
Develop Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL and select 80c51AH or AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as .asm or .a51.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window. It will display all internal registers of 8051
and their contents.
11. Note down the readings in observation table

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to find smallest number from the given array of 05 data
bytes stored in internal RAM locations 30H onwards and store the smallest number in location 40H.

Step 1: Algorithm
1. Initialize the comparison count to 04H which is number of data bytes minus one.
2. Initialize source memory pointer R0 to 30H.
3. Move the contents of source location pointed by R0 to Accumulator
4. Increment source memory pointer
5. Move the contents of source location to register B
6. Compare the two numbers.
7. If number in A is less than number in B, then go to step 9.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 91

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
8. Move smallest number from register B to register A
9. Decrement comparison count by 1.
10. If count is not zero go to step 4.
11. Store the smallest number from register A location 40H

Step 2- Flow Chart

Fig 5.1 Flowchart to find smallest number

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 7A04 MOV R2,#04H ;Initialize Comparison count
C:0x0002 ;Initialize Source memory pointer
7830 MOV R0,#30H
R0=30H

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 92

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x0004 E6 MOV A,@R0 ;Move first number to register A
C:0x0005 08 UP: INC R0 ;Increment memory pointer
C:0x0006 86F0 MOV B,@R0 ;Move next number to register B
C:0x0008 B5F0000 CJNE A,B, DOWN ;Compare two numbers
C:0x000B ;If number in register A is Smaller than
4002 DOWN: JC SMALL
number in register B, jump DOWN
C:0x000D E5F0 MOV A,B ;Move smaller number in register B to A
C:0x000F ;Decrement comparison count, if count
DAF4 SMALL DJNZ R2,UP
= 0, jump UP
C:0x0011 F540 MOV 40H, A ;Move smallest number to location 40h
END

Output Window

Fig 5.2 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 93

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Problem statement for student: Write a program to find smallest number from the given array of
05 data bytes stored in External RAM locations 3000H onwards and store the smallest number in
location 4000H.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 94

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

X Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 95

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Observations for problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Before execution After execution

Memory location Data Memory location Data

3000H
3001H
3002H 4000H
3003H
3004H

XIII Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………….……

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the interpretation

of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. State the significance of counter in finding smallest number from series of numbers.
2. Explain the internal operation performed by CPU while executing CJNE instruction. Also
state the effect on CY flag
3. Give the status of CY Flag when following instructions are executed:
MOV A, #05H
GO: CJNE A, #05H, GO
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 96

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 97

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://josephscollege.ac.in/lms/Uploads/pdf/material/Instruction_set_of_Microcontroller_8
051.pdf
2. https://www.refreshnotes.com/2016/04/8051-program-smallest-element-in-array.html
3. https://www.daenotes.com/electronics/digital-electronics/8051-microcontroller-instruction-
types
4. https://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/a51/a51_cjne.htm

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 98

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 10: Finding the Largest number from the given data bytes

I Practical Significance

Microcontrollers use compare operation to test or compare register values. The results of
these operations can update flag bits, which can then be used to change program flow
through conditional execution. This practical will help the students to develop skills to use
the compare and loop instructions to find largest number from a block of data bytes.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP for identifying largest number from the given data bytes stored in internal/
external data memory

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

In 8051 microcontroller, instructions CJNE and DJNZ can be used in combination for finding
smallest number from a block of data bytes.

CJNE : Compare and Jump If Not Equal -

CJNE compares the value of two operands and branches to the indicated relative address if
operands are not equal. If the two operands are equal program flow continues with the instruction
following the CJNE instruction. CY flag is affected. CY flag is reset if the first operand is Larger
than second operand. Carry flag status can be checked using instructions JC and JNC.

JC: Jump if Carry Set

Syntax: JC relative aaddress
This instruction will branch to the address indicated by relative address if the Carry flag is set. If
the Carry flag is not set program execution continues with the instruction following the JC
instruction.

JNC: Jump if Carry is not Set

Syntax: JNC relative address
This instruction will branch to the address indicated by relative address if the Carry flag is not
set.
If the Carry flag is set program execution continues with the instruction following the JC
instruction.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 99

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Instrument
Sr. No. Specification Quantity
/Components
1. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 1 No.
downloading software.

VIII Precautions to be followed

1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

IX Procedure
Develop Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL and select 80c51AH or AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as .asm or .a51.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window. It will display all internal registers of 8051
and their contents.
11. Note down the readings in observation table

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to find Largest number from the given array of 05 data
bytes stored in external RAM locations 3000H onwards and store the Largest number in location
3010H.

Step 1: Algorithm
1. Initialize the comparison count to 04H which is number of data bytes minus one.
2. Initialize external source memory pointer DPTR to 3000H.
3. Move the contents of external source location pointed by DPTR to Accumulator
4. Move data in register A to register B
5. Increment source memory pointer
6. Move the contents of source location to register A
7. Compare the two numbers.
8. If number in A is larger than number in B, then go to step 10.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 100

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
9. Move largest number from register B to register A
10. Decrement comparison count by 1.
11. If count is not zero go to step 4.
12. Store the smallest number from register A location 3010H

Step 2: Flowchart Step 1: Algorithm

Fig 10.1 Flowchart to find Largest number

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 7A04 MOV R2,#04H ;Initialize Comparison count
C:0x0002 ;Initialize Source memory pointer
903000 MOV DPTR,#3000H
R0=30H
C:0x0005 E0 MOVX A,@DPTR ;Move first number to register B
C:0x0006 F5F0 UP: MOV B,A
C:0x0008 A3 INC DPTR ;Increment memory pointer

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 101

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x0009 E0 MOVX A,@DPTR ;Move next number to register A
C:0x000A B5F000 CJNE A,B, DOWN ;Compare two numbers
C:0x000D 5002 DOWN: JNC LARGE ;If number in register A is Smaller than
number in register B, jump DOWN
C:0x000F E5F0 MOV A,B ;Move larger number in register B to A
C:0x0011 DAF3 LARGE: DJNZ R2,UP ;Decrement comparison count, if count
= 0, jump UP
C:0x0013 903010 MOV DPTR,#3010H
C:0x0016 F0 MOVX @DPTR, A ;Move smallest number to location
3010H
C:0x00017 80FE HERE: SJMP HERE ;Stop
END

Output Window

Fig 10.2 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 102

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Problem statement for student: Write a program to find Largest number from the given array of
10 data bytes stored in internal RAM location 50H onwards and store the Largest number in location
60H.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 103

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

X Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 104

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Observations for problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Before execution After execution

Memory location Data Memory location Data

50H
51H
52H
53H
54H 60H
55H
56H
57H
58H
59H

XIII Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the interpretation

of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. State the function of DPTR register.
2. Explain operation of instruction MOVX @DPTR, A

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 105

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 106

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://electronicsforyou.in/8051-program-to-find-the-largest-number-in-an-array/
2. https://josephscollege.ac.in/lms/Uploads/pdf/material/Instruction_set_of_Microcontroller_8
051.pdf
3. https://www.refreshnotes.com/2016/04/8051-program-smallest-element-in-array.html
4. https://www.daenotes.com/electronics/digital-electronics/8051-microcontroller-instruction-
types

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 107

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 11: Arranging numbers in Ascending order

I Practical Significance
Sorting is any process of arranging information systematically in ascending or descending order.
This allows us to write better programs like indexing to fetch the information faster, allows faster
search techniques, removes duplicate information and has many uses in statistical applications.
Arranging numbers in ascending order is critical for highlighting significant values, optimizing
processes, and enhancing the effectiveness of data analysis and presentation. This practical will
help the students to develop skills to understand how to access data from external memory, use of
branch instructions and arranging numbers in ascending order.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP for arranging numbers in ascending order stored in internal/external data
memory.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Ascending order/Descending order
The block of data consists of numbers in random order, to arrange these numbers in ascending or
descending order bubble sort method is used.
If the given block of data has to be sorted in ascending order, then bubble sort will start by
comparing the first element of the block with the second element, if the first element is greater
than the second element, it will swap both the elements, and then move on to compare the second
and the third element, and so on.
The different types of counters used in this process:
1. Byte counter –to access data from block of data
2. Pass counter –to repeat this comparison are required to arrange the numbers in ascending
or descending order.
Branch instructions like
JNC—Jump if no carry
CJNE—Compare and jump if not equal to are used to sort the numbers.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 108

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Resources Required

Sr.
Instrument /Components Specification Quantity
No.
1 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, 1 No.
simulation and program downloading
software

VIII Precautions to be Followed

1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer
kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write and execute a program to arrange the ten data values in
external memory in descending order

Step 1-Algorithm
Step 1: Initialize a counter for comparison (Pass counter).
Step2: Initialize memory pointer to read number from the array.
Step3: Initialize byte counter.
Step 4: Read numbers from array.
Step 5: Compare two numbers.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 109

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 6: If number less than or equal to next number, then go to step 8.

Step 7: Replace number with next number which is largest.
Step 8: Increment memory pointer to read next number in the array.
Step 9: Decrement byte counter by 1.
Step 10: If byte counter is not equal to zero then go to step 4.
Step 11: Decrement pass counter by 1.
Step 12: If pass counter is not equal to zero then go to step 2.
Step 13: Stop.

Step 2-Flow Chart:

Fig 11.1: Flowchart for Descending order

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 110

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3- Assembly Language Sample Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000h
C:0x0000 7805 MOV R0, #0AH ;Initialize pass counter
MOV DPTR, ;Initialize memory pointer
C:0x0002
904000 REP1: #4000H
C:0x0005 7904 MOV R1, #09H ;Initialize byte counter
C:0x0007 AA82 REPEAT MOV R2, DPL ;Save the lower byte address
C:0x0009 E0 MOVX A, @DPTR ;Read number from array
C:0x000A F5F0 MOV 0F0H, A ;Transfer the number to B register
C:0x000C A3 INC DPTR ;Increment memory pointer
C:0x000D E0 MOVX A, @DPTR ;Read next number from array
C:0x000E CJNE A, 0F0H, ;Compare number with next number
B5F002 NEXT
C:0x0011 011C AJMP SKIP
C:0x0013 ;If number>next number then go to
5007 NEXT: JNC SKIP SKIP
C:0x0015 ;Else exchange the number with next
8A82 MOV DPL, R2 number
C:0x0017 F0 MOVX @DPTR, A
C:0x0018 A3 INC DPTR
C:0x0019 E5F0 MOV A, 0F0H
C:0x001B F0 MOVX @DPTR, A
C:0x001C ;Decrement byte and if count byte is
D9E7 SKIP: DJNZ R1, REPEAT not zero go to Up
C:0x001E ;Decrement pass counter and if not
D8E0 DJNZ R0, REP1 zero go to UP1
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 111

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 11.2 Input Window

Fig 11.3 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 112

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Problem statement 1 for student: Write a program to arrange the numbers in ascending order.
Assume internal memory locations.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 113

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

X Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………….………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………..…………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 114

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Before execution After execution

Memory location Data Memory location Data

XV Results (Output of the Program)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..……

XVII Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 115

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. Explain the difference between CALL and JUMP instructions.

2. Give the difference between Long range jump and Absolute range.

[Space for Answers]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 116

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIX References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://electronicsforyou.in/8051-program-to-arrange-numbers-in-ascending-order/
2. https://technobyte.org/branching-instructions-8051/
3. https://instrumentationforindustry.com/programming-8051-microcontroller-sorting-arrays-
algorithm/

XX Assessment Scheme
The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 117

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 12: Arranging numbers in Descending order

I Practical Significance
Sorting is any process of arranging information systematically in ascending or descending order.
Helps in decision-making processes where resources are to be allocated based on priority, with the
most critical or valuable cases handled first. Arranging numbers in descending order is critical for
highlighting significant values, optimizing processes, and enhancing the effectiveness of data
analysis and presentation. This practical will help the students to develop skills to understand how
to access data from external memory and use of branch instructions.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program in 8051 in assembly language for the given operation.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP for arranging numbers in descending order stored in internal/external data
memory.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Ascending order/Descending order
The block of data consists of numbers in random order, to arrange these numbers in ascending or
descending order bubble sort method is used.
If the given block of data has to be sorted in descending order, then bubble sort will start by
comparing the first element of the block with the second element, if the first element is smaller
than the second element, it will swap both the elements, and then move on to compare the second
and the third element, and so on.
The different types of counters used in this process:
1. Byte counter –to access data from block of data
2. Pass counter –to repeat this comparison are required to arrange the numbers in ascending
or descending order.
Branch instructions like
JNC—Jump if no carry
CJNE—Compare and jump if not equal to are used to sort the numbers.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 118

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Resources Required

Sr.
Instrument /Components Specification Quantity
No.
1 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, 1 No.
simulation and program downloading
software

VIII Precautions to be Followed

1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer
kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write and execute a program to arrange the ten data values in
external memory in descending order

Step 1-Algorithm

Algorithm:
Step 1: Initialize a counter for comparison (Pass counter).
Step2: Initialize memory pointer to read number from the array.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 119

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step3: Initialize byte counter.

Step 4: Read numbers from array.
Step 5: Compare two numbers.
Step 6: If number greater than or equal to next number, then go to step 8.
Step 7: Replace number with next number which is smaller.
Step 8: Increment memory pointer to read next number in the array.
Step 9: Decrement byte counter by 1.
Step 10: If byte counter is not equal to zero then go to step 4.
Step 11: Decrement pass counter by 1.
Step 12: If pass counter is not equal to zero then go to step 2.
Step 13: Stop.

Step 2-Flow Chart:

Fig 12.1: Flowchart for Descending order

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 120

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3- Assembly Language Sample Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 00H
C:0X0000 780A MOV R0, #0AH Initialize pass counter.
C:0X0002 904000 REP1 MOV DPTR, #4000H Initialize memory pointer
C:0X0005 7909 MOV R1, #09H Initialize byte counter
C:0X0007 AA82 REPEAT MOV R2, DPL Save the lower byte address
C:0X0009 E0 MOVX A, @DPTR Read the number from array
C:0X000A F5F0 MOV 0F0H, A Store the number in register B
C:0X000C A3 INC DPTR Increment memory pointer
Take the next number from
C:0X000D E0 MOVX A, @DPTR
array
Compare number with next
C:0X000E B5F002 CJNE A, 0F0H, NEXT
number
C:0X0011 AJMP SKIP Jump to SKIP unconditionally
If number < next number then
C:0X0013 4007 NEXT: JC SKIP
go to skip
Else exchange the number
C:0X0015 8A82 MOV DPL, R2
with next number
Copy greater number to
C:0X0017 F0 MOVX@DPTR, A
memory locations
C:0X0018 A3 INC DPTR Increment memory pointer
C:0X0019 E5F0 MOV A, 0F0H
C:0X001B F0 MOVX @DPTR, A
SKIP: DJNZ R1, REPEAT Decrement byte counter by 1,
if byte counter≠ 0 then go to
C:0X001C D9E9
REPEAT.

DJNZ R0, REP1 Decrement pass counter if not

C:0X001E D8E2 zero then go to REP1

C:0X0020 0120 STOP: AJMP STOP STOP

END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 121

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 12.2 Input Window

Fig 12.3 Output Window

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 122

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Problem statement 1 for student: Write a program to arrange the numbers in descending order.
Assume internal memory locations.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 123

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

X Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………….………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………..…………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 124

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Before execution After execution

Memory location Data Memory location Data

XV Results (Output of the Program)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..……

XVII Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 125

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. Give the significance of CJNE and DJNZ instructions.

2. Explain the different branch ranges used in 8051.
3. Give the difference between Long range jump and Short range jump.

[Space for Answers]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………..………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 126

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIX References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://electronicsforyou.in/8051-program-to-arrange-numbers-in-descending-order/
2. https://technobyte.org/branching-instructions-8051/
3. https://instrumentationforindustry.com/programming-8051-microcontroller-sorting-arrays-
algorithm/

XX Assessment Scheme
The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education‘ K-Scheme’ 127

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 13: Generate delay using timer register

I Practical Significance

Generation of time delay is most important concept in embedded systems. The purpose of the
delay program is to introduce a pause or delay in program execution for a specified amount
of time. Most of the times, precise time delay needs to be generated between two actions in
microcontroller applications, like blinking of LED, Pulse generation, monitoring switch etc.
We can generate the time delay using the Loop technique. Precise time delay can be generated
using inbuilt timers in microcontroller. This practical will help the students to develop skills
to create the time delay by using timer registers and microcontroller crystal frequency.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program using timers and interrupts

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Write an ALP to generate delay using timer register

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

The 8051 microcontroller has two 16-bit timers/counters called Timer 0 and Timer1.
They can be used either as timers to generate a time delay or as counters to count the events.
Since the microcontroller 8051 has an 8-bit architecture, each 16-bit timer is accessed as two
separate registers THx and TLx

Fig 13.1 Timer 0 / Timer 1

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 128

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

TMOD Register:
TMOD register is used to select various timer operation modes for Timer 0 and Timer 1

Fig 13.2 TMOD Register

GATE : When TRX (in TCON) is set and GATE=1 , TIMER/COUNTER will run only while
INTX pin is high( hardware control), when GATE=0 , TIMER/COUNTER will run only while
TRX=1 regardless of state of INTX pin (software control)

C/T: Timer or Counter Selector

1 = counter – external timing signal , input from T0/T1 pin
0 = timer – internal timing signal , input from internal system clock

M1 M0 : These two bits selects the Time / Counter operating mode.

M1 M0 MODE DESCRIPTION
0 0 0 13-bit timer/counter
0 1 1 16 bit timer/counter
1 0 2 8 bit auto-reload
1 1 3 Split mode:
(Timer 0) TL0 is an 8-bit timer/counter controlled by the
standard timer 0 Control bits.
TH0 is an8-bit timer and is controlled by timer 1 control bits.
Timer1 / counter1 is stopped

TCON Register:
TCON is 8 bit SFR used to control the Timer/Counter operations

Fig 13.3 TCON Register

Bit Symbol TCON Bit Function

7 TF1l Timer 1 Overflow flag. Set when timer rolls from all 1's to 0. Cleared
when processor vectors to execute interrupt service routine located at
program address 001Bh.
6 TR1l Timer 1 run control bit. Set to 1 by program to enable timer to count;
cleared to 0 by program to halt timer.
5 TF0 l Timer 0 Overflow flag. Set when timer rolls from all 1's to 0. Cleared
when processor vectors to execute interrupt service routine located at
program address 000Bh.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 129

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Bit Symbol TCON Bit Function

4 TR0l Timer 0 run control bit. Set to 1 by program to enable timer to count;
cleared to 0 by program to halt timer.
3 IE1 l External interrupt 1 Edge flag. Set to 1 when a high-to-low edge signal is
received on port 3.3 (INT1’). Cleared when processor vectors to interrupt
service routine at program address 0013h. Not related to timer operations.
2 IT1 l External interrupt 1 signal type control bit. Set to 1 by program to enable
external interrupt 1 to be triggered by a falling edge signal. Set to 0 by
program to enable a low-level signal on external interrupt 1 to generate an
interrupt.
1 IE0 l External interrupt 0 Edge flag. Set to 1 when a high-to-low edge signal is
received on port 3.2 (INT0’). Cleared when processor vectors to interrupt
service routine at program address 0003h. Not related to timer operations.
0 IT0 l External interrupt 0 signal type control bit. Set to 1 by program to enable
external interrupt 1 to be triggered by a falling edge signal. Set to 0 by
program to enable a low-level signal on external interrupt 0 to generate an
interrupt.

TIMER/COUNTER CONTROL LOGIC:

Fig 13.4 Timer/Counter Logic

TIME DELAY GENERATION USING TIMER REGISTERS:

Fig 13.5 Timer mode 1 diagram

The Timer count increments by 1 at rate Fosc. / 12

So time for one increment is 12 / Fosc.
Therefore, if crystal frequency = 11.0592 MHz

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 130

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
1
 Counter frequency = 12  11.0592 MHZ = 921.6 kHz
 Time for one increment = 12 / Fosc. = (12 / 11.0592MHz) = 1.085 s
Time delay = Time for one increment x number of increments till overflow (N)
Time delay = (12 / Fosc) x number of increments (N)
Number of increments N till overflow = (2n – Initial count)

Timer Mode Value of n

Mode 0 13
Mode 1 16
Mode 2 8
Mode 3 8

10 ms Delay generation:
Required time delay = 10 ms
Oscillator frequency is Fosc. = 11.0592MHz

Time delay = (12 / Fosc) x number of increments (N)

10 ms = (12 / 11.0592MHz) x number of increments (N)
10 ms = 1.085 µsec. x N
N = (10 x 10 3) µsec. / (1.085) µsec.
N = 9217

INITIAL COUNT CALCULATION:

Initial count = 2n – N
Using TIMER MODE1 (n= 16)
Initial count = 216 - N
= 65536 – 9217 = 56319 decimal = DBFF H
THx = DBH ,
TLx = FFH

VII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr . Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software.

VIII Precautions to be followed

1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

IX Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (Keil IDE) or any
other relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file for the program.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 131

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of microcontroller.
8. Connect CRO probe to port pin and observe waveform.
9. Measure ON time and OFF time on CRO and draw the same in observation Table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM : To toggle Port Pin P1.5 with 10ms delay using Timer

Step 1: Algorithm
1. Load the TMOD value register indicating which timer (Timer 0 or Timer 1) is to be used and
which timer mode(0 or 1) is selected.
2. Load registers TL and TH with initial count values.
3. Start the timer.
4. Keep monitoring the timer flag (TF) with the “JNB TFx, target” instruction to see if it is
raised. Get out of the loop when TF becomes high.
5. Stop the timer.
6. Toggle Port pin high and low
7. Clear the TF flag for the next round.
8. Go back to Step 2 to load TH and TL again.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 132

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig 13.8 Flowchart for toggling port pin

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 758901 MOV TMOD ,#01H ;Timer 0, mode 1
C:0x0003 758AFF REPEAT: MOV TL0,#0FFH ;TL0=FFH
C:0x0006 758CDB MOV TH0,#0DBH ;TH0=DBH
C:0x0009 D28C SETB TR0 ;start Timer 0
C:0x000B 308DFD AGAIN: JNB TF0, AGAIN ;monitor Timer 0 overflow
flag until it rolls over
C:0x000E C28C CLR TR0 ;stop Timer 0
C:0x0010 B295 CPL P1.5 ;toggle P1.5

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 133

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
C:0x0012 C28D CLR TF0 ;clear Timer 0 flag
C:0x0014 80ED SJMP REPEAT ;Reload TH, TL again

Output Window

Fig: 13.9 Output Window

Fig 13.10: Waveform Output

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 134

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Problem statement for student: Write a program to toggle Port 2 Pins with 25ms delay using
Timer 1 Mode 1. Assume XTAL = 11.0592MHz

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 135

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

X Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 136

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Observations for problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)
Draw Square wave and show TON and TOFF time

XIII Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the interpretation

of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1.To get a 5 ms delay, what number should be loaded into TH, TL using mode 1. Assume
XTAL= 11.0592MHz.
2. Explain Timer Mode 2 Operation.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 137

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 138

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
KANPUR/microcontrollers/micro/ui/Course_home2_8.htm
2. http://www.circuitstoday.com/8051-timers-counters.
3. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded system Using Assembly and C- Muhammad Ali
Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay- Pearson /Prentice Hall, , 2nd edition,
Delhi,2008, ISBN 978-8177589030.

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 139

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 14: Serial 8-bit data transfer on serial port

I Practical Significance

Many applications require microcontrollers to either accept the data in serial form or output
the data in serial form. Serial communication is commonly used in applications such as
industrial automation systems, scientific analysis and certain consumer products. This
practical will help the students to develop skills to understand the concepts of serial port
and serial 8 bit data transfer.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Develop program using timers and interrupts

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to transfer 8-bit data serially on serial port.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Serial communication is the process of sending data one bit at a time, sequentially, over
a communication channel. There are two methods of serial communication:
1) Synchronous: Transfer of block of data at a time
2) Asynchronous: Transfer of one byte (character) at a time
One of the major differences is that in Synchronous Transmission, the sender and receiver
should have synchronized clocks before data transmission. Whereas Asynchronous
Transmission does not require a clock, but it adds a parity bit to the data before
transmission.
1. Synchronous data transfer.

Fig. 14.1 Synchronous data transfer

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 140

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

2. Asynchronous data transfer.

Fig. 14.2 Asynchronous data transfer

Baud Rate
In serial communication the rate at which data bits are transmitted generates a term baud rate, the
baud rate is defined as bits/seconds or the changes in voltage levels/second.
Standard baud rates are 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200 bits per second(bps)

Serial Port of 8051:

8051 has a built-in full duplex 8-bit UART(Universal Asynchronous Transmitter Receiver)
SCON REGISTER:
Serial control (SCON) is an 8-bit register used to control the 8051 Microcontroller's Serial Port.

Fig. 14.3 SCON register format

SBUF Register
SBUF is a 8 bit register used in serial communication of 8051. Serial data is sent by writing to the
register SBUF while data i s received by reading the same register. SBUF has physically two
registers, one write only and other is read only. Both registers use one address 99H
Baud Rate Generation:

Fig. 14.4 Baud Rate generation

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 141

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Timer 1, in mode 2 (8-bit, auto-reload) to generate baud rate

Baud Rate = 2SMOD X (Timer 1 Overflow Rate)

32
Baud Rate = 2SMOD X Oscillator Frequency
32 12 X [256 - ( TH1 ) ]

Table No: 14.1 Values of Timer 1 Register for various Baud Rates
Baud Rate TH1(Decimal) TH1(Hex)
SMOD=0 SMOD=1
9600 19200 -3 FDH
4800 9600 -6 FAH
2400 4800 -12 F4H
1200 2400 -24 E8H
Note: XTAL = 11.0592 MHZ.

Fig. 14.5 8051 Connection to the RS232 using MAX 232

VII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr . Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
Single board systems with 8K RAM, ROM memory
with battery back up,16X4,16 X2, LCD display, PC
1 Microcontroller kit keyboard interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, 1 No.
single user cross c-compiler, RS-232, USB,
interfacing facility with built in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 142

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
VIII Precautions to be followed
1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

IX Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL or INTEL and select 80c51AH 0r AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as .asm or .a51.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window. It will display all internal registers of 8051 and
their contents. The output can be observed in UART1 window.
11. Hyper Terminal, a Windows XP application, can be used to receive or transmit serial data
through RS232. To open Hyper Terminal, go to Start Menu, select all programs, go to
Accessories, click on Communications and select Hyper Terminal.
12. To start a new connection, go to File menu and click on new connection. The connection
window opens up. Give a name to your connection and select 1st icon and click on OK.
Connection property window opens here. Select Bit rate as 9600bps, Data bits 8, Parity as
none, stop bit 1, Flow control none and click OK. Now the serial data can be read on hyper
terminal.
13. In program, Timer1 is used with auto reload setting. The baud rate is fixed to 9600bps by
loading TH1 to 0xFD. The value 0x50 is loaded in the SCON register. This will initialize the
serial port in Mode1. The program continuously transmits a character (say ‘A’) from 8051serial
port to Serial port of the computer.

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM: Write an ALP to transfer 8-bit data serially on serial port.

Step 1: Algorithm

1. Initialize TMOD register for Timer1, Mode2 and its mode.

2. Load the value in the timer register corresponding to the 9600 baud rate.
3. Load SCON with 50H value indicating mode 1, 1 stop and start bit.
4. Set the timer run bit to start Timer 1

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 143

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
5. Load the character ‘A’ in SBUF.
6. Check TI to determine whether the transmission process is completed.
7. Clear TI flag for the next character.
8. Stop

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig 14.6 Flowchart for 8-bit data serial data transfer

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments

Address
C:0x0000 758920 MOV TMOD, #20H ;Timer 1,mode 2
C:0x0003 758DFD MOV TH1, # -3 ;9600 baud rate
C:0x0006 759850 MOV SCON, #50H ;8 bit,1 stop Bit, REN enabled
C:0x0009 D28E SETB TR1 ;Start Timer 1
C:0x000B 759941 HERE: MOV SBUF, #’A’ ;Character ‘A’ to be transferred

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 144

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
C:0x000E 3099FD WAIT: JNB TI, WAIT ;Wait for the last bit
C:0x0011 C299 CLR TI ;Clear TI for next character
C:0x0013 80F6 SJMP HERE ;Wait
END

Output Window

Fig 14.7 Output Window

Problem statement for student: Write a program to transfer message “MAA” at baud rate 4800 bps

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 145

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 146

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

X Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XI Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

XII Observations for problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)
(UART window)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 147

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
XIII Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XV Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the interpretation

of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVI Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. State serial communication modes of 8051 along with their baud rate.
2. State SFRs used for Serial communication in 8051.
3. State significance of TI and RI flag in Serial communication

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 148

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 149

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://embetronicx.com/tutorials/tech_devices/serial-communication-basics-tutorial-for-
beginners/
2. https://ebooks.inflibnet.ac.in/csp13/chapter/serial-port-communication/
3. https://www.codrey.com/embedded-systems/serial-communication-basics/
4. https://www.electronicwings.com/8051/8051-uart

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Board ‘ K-Scheme’ 150

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 15: LED interfacing to 8051

I Practical Significance
LED is most common semiconductor device used in many electronic system as visual indicator
or signal transmission / power indication purposes. The LEDs are also used for design message
display boards and traffic control signal lights etc. Interrupts are most important feature of
Microcontroller. This practical will help the students to develop skills to understand the
fundamental interfacing concept for 8051 microcontrollers and significance of Interrupts.

II Industry/Employer expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller- based systems

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome

Interface LED with microcontroller and turn it “ON” with microcontroller interrupt.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

The 8051 microcontroller features four bidirectional I/O ports, each consisting of 8 bits,
which can be used either as input or output. Here’s a brief overview of each port:
1. Port 0 (P0): This port can serve as both an input or an output port. When used as an output
port, it provides open-drain outputs and requires pull-up resistors to operate as high (logic
1). Port 0 is also multiplexed with the lower order address and data bus during accesses to
external memory.
2. Port 1 (P1): Unlike Port 0, Port 1 does not need pull-up resistors because it has internal
pull-ups. When the pins are used as inputs, they are held high by these internal pull-ups and
can easily be interfaced with switches.
3. Port 2 (P2): Similar to Port 1, this port also features internal pull-ups and serves dual
purposes: it acts as a simple I/O port or, during external memory operations, it outputs the
high-order address byte.
4. Port 3 (P3): Port 3 has multiple functions besides serving as a general I/O port. Each pin on
Port 3 can also be used for special functions like interrupts, serial communication, timer
inputs, and read/write operations for external memory.

Interrupt is a subroutine call that interrupts microcontrollers main operations or work and
causes it to execute any other program, which is more important at the time of operation. The
feature of Interrupt is very useful as it helps in case of emergency operations. An Interrupts
gives us a mechanism to put on hold the ongoing operations, execute a subroutine and then
again resume its original task.
̅̅̅̅̅̅̅ and
1. Generally five interrupt sources are there in 8051 Microcontroller. Out of these, INT0
̅̅̅̅̅̅̅
INT1 are external interrupts that could be negative edge triggered or low level triggered.
They are located on pins P3.2 and P3.3of port 3 respectively. They are enabled or disabled
using the IE register when the external interrupt flag is edge triggered, the CPU clears

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

151
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

interrupt flag in response to the interrupt call. When it is level triggered then the interrupt
flag is cleared at high level of the interrupt signal.
2. The table shows the vector addresses for the interrupts:

Interrupt Flag Vector

System reset RST 0000H
External interrupt 0 IE0 0003H
Timer 0 TF0 000BH
External interrupt 1 IE1 0013H
Timer 1 TF1 001BH
Serial port RI or TI 0023H

Light emitting diodes: LEDs are the most commonly used components in many
applications. It has two terminals positive and negative as shown in the figure:

Fig 15.1 LED diagram

Commonly used LEDs will have voltage drop of 1.9v to 2.1v and current of 15mA (Typically)
or 20mA(high brightness) to glow at full intensity. This is applied through the output pin of the
microcontroller.

VII Actual Circuit diagram used in laboratory with related equipment rating
a) Sample Circuit diagram

Fig 15.2 8051 connection to LED and switch

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
152
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

b) Practical setup

Fig 15.3 Practical Setup

c) Simulation diagram

Fig 15. 4 Simulation diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

153
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

d) Actual circuit used in Laboratory

e) Actual Experimental set up used in laboratory

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

154
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1. Microcontroller Single board system with 8K RAM, ROM memory with 1 No.
kit battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
c-compiler, RS-232, USB, interfacing facility with built in
power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.

IX Precautions to be followed
1. Use always current limiting resistor before LED connected to microcontroller

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (Keil IDE) or
any other relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file for the program.
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of microcontroller.
8. Interface LED to microcontroller as per circuit diagram shown in fig.
9. Observe the LED to glow when external interrupt occurs on P3.2.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Interface LED with microcontroller and turn it ON with

microcontroller interrupt.

Step 1: Algorithm
Main Program
1. Initialize port P1 as output.
2. Initialize port P3 as input.
3. Clear pin P1.1
4. Enable interrupt INT0.
5. Wait for Interrupt.
INT0 ISR
1. Set pin P1.1
2. Return from ISR

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

155
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig 15 .6 Flowchart to turn LED ON with microcontroller interrupt.

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 020006 LJMP START
ORG 0003H Interrupt service routine for INT0

C:0x0003 D291 SETB P1.1

C:0x0005 32 RETI
C:0x0006 759000 START: MOV P1, #00H Main program for initialization

C:0x0009 75B0FF MOV P3, #0FFH

C:0x000C 75A881 MOV IE, #81H Enable hardware interrupt INT0
C:0x000F 80FE HERE: SJMP HERE
END
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
156
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Problem statement for student Interface two LEDs with microcontroller and turn them ON
with microcontroller interrupts.
Step 1: Algorithm Step 2: Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

157
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Resources Used

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.

2.

3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. …………………………………………………………………………………………
2. …………………………………………………………………………………………
3. …………………………………………………………………………………………
4. …………………………………………………………………………………………
5. …………………………………………………………………………………………
6. …………………………………………………………………………………………
7. …………………………………………………………………………………………
8. …………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Observations (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

LED will become _______ (ON/OFF) after occurrence of________ (INT0/INT1)
Interrupt

XIV Result (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………..……………..
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

……………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………..……………………

XVIConclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results)
………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………..…………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

158
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO
1. Give the alternative functions of port 3.
2. Enlist the functions of Buffer, Tristate buffer.
3. Write a program to make all pins of Port 1 as input port and transfer its contents
to Port 2.

[Space for Answers]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………......

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………......

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………......

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………......

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

159
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://vision-pi.net/common-cathode-vs-common-anode-led/
2. https://www.fypsolutions.com/assembly-language/8051-8052/led-blink-8051-
assembly/
3. https://www.elprocus.com/led-interfacing-with-8051-microcontroller/

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related (15 Marks) 60% (15)
7 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
8 Making connections of hardware 20%
9 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related (10 Marks) 40%(10)
10 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
11 Relevance of output of the problem definition. 15%
12 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions. 05%
TOTAL 100% (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature of

Teacher
Process Product Total
Related (15) Related (25)
(10)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

160
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 16: Generating Pulse and Square wave using timer delay

I Practical Significance

The input/output (I/O) ports allow the microcontroller to connect to external devices and
peripherals. In 8051 timers are used to generate delays or as counters to count events
happening outside the microcontroller. In time required applications two available 16-bit
timers are operated in different modes to generate specific delay. This practical will help
the students to develop skills to program timers and generate delays for generating square
wave on I/O port pin.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface the memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Develop an ALP to generate pulse and square wave by using timer delay.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Square wave of any frequency (limited by the controller specifications) can be generated
using the 8051 timer. Square wave generation requires a port pin to output logic high (‘1’)
and logic low (‘0’) level alternately with delay in between. The delay time is equal to half
of time period of square wave.

Fig 16.1 Square Wave calculation

Frequency = 1/ Time Period = 1/2ms = 0.5KHZ = 500HZ

Port pin can be toggled by using instruction CPL bit-address and /or by setting and resetting the
port pin by using instruction SETB bit-address and CLR bit address respectively.

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 161

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Square wave can be generated on port pin of microcontroller 8051 with precise TON and TOFF
time by using Timers to generate delay. The frequency of the square wave generated depends
on the count value loaded in timer registers and frequency of oscillator. 8051 has two timers,
Timer 0 and Timer 1. Both are 16 bit up-counter. Timers operate in four modes. Timer count Increments
at the rate of (Fosc./12) ,which is 1 machine cycle. After roll-over timer overflow flag is set

To generate a Pulse / square wave of a particular pulse width , the delay time equal to pulse
width has to be generated using Timer.

Generation of Pulse width delay using Timer Mode 1:

Required time delay = ( 12/Fosc ) x number of increments (N)

1 ms = ( 12/ 11.0592MHZ ) x number of increments (N)
1 ms = 1.085 usec. x N
N = 1ms /1.085usec.
N =921.65 = 922
Using Timer MODE 1,
COUNT = 216 - N
COUNT = 65536 – 922
COUNT = (64614)10 = FC66H
Therefore THx = FCH
TLx = 66H

Generation of 2 KHZ Square wave of 50 % duty cycle

Fig 16.2 : 50% Duty cycle Square wave

Frequency = 2 KHZ
Time period T= 1/2 KHZ = 0.5 ms
Required time delay = TON = TOFF = T /2 = 0.5 ms / 2 = 0.25ms

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 162

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VII Practical Circuit diagram:

a) Sample Circuit diagram

Fig 16.3 : 8051 connection to CRO

b) Simulation diagram

Fig 16.4 Simulation diagram

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 163

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

c) Actual circuit used in laboratory

VIII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components

1. Microcontroller kit S Single board system with 8K RAM,ROM memory with 1 No.
battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
C-compiler,RS-232,USB, interfacing facility with built
in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.
3. CRO Bandwidth AC 10Hz ~ 20MHz (-3dB). DC ~ 20MHz (- 1 No.
3dB), X10 Probe

IX Precautions to be followed
1) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (Keil IDE) or
any other relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 164

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
6. Create hex file for the program.
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of microcontroller.
8. Connect CRO probe to port pin and observe waveform.
9. Measure ON time and OFF time on CRO and draw the same in observation Table.

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer
kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM: To generate Pulse with pulse width of 1ms on P1.0 using Timer 0 Mode1.
Assume XTAL = 11.0592MHz

Step 1: Algorithm
1. Load the TMOD register with value 01H, indicating Timer 0, Mode1
2. Clear Port pin P1.0
3. Call 1ms delay subroutine
4. Load registers TL0 and TH0 with initial count values for 1ms delay
5. Start the Timer 0.
6. Keep monitoring the timer flag (TF0) with the “JNB TF0, target” instruction to see if it is
raised. Get out of the loop when TF0 becomes high.
7. Stop Timer0
8. Clear the TF0 flag for the next round.
9. Set Port pin P1.0
10. Go back to Step 3.

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig 16.3 Flowchart for Pulse generation

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 165

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
C:0X0000 758901 MOV TMOD ,#01H ;Timer 0, mode 1
C:0X0003 C290 UP: CLR P1.0 ; Clear port pin P1.0
C:0X0005 110D ACALL DELAY ; call 1ms delay subroutine
C:0X0007 D290 SETB P1.0 ; Set port pin P1.0
C:0X0009 110D ACALL DELAY ; call 1ms delay subroutine
C:0X000B 80F6 SJMP UP ; Repeat
C:0X000D 758A66 DELAY: MOV TL0,#66H ;TL0=66H
C:0X0010 758CFC MOV TH0,#0FCH ;TH0=FCH
C:0X0013 D28C SETB TR0 ;start Timer 0
C:0X0015 308DFD WAIT: JNB TF0, WAIT ;monitor Timer 0 overflow
flag until it rolls over
C:0X0018 C28C CLR TR0 ;stop Timer 0
C:0X001A C28D CLR TF0 ;clear Timer 0 overflow flag
C:0X001C 22 RET ;Return to main program
END

Problem statement for student: Write a program to generate square wave of frequency 2KHZ on
port pin P2.5 Using Timer 1, Mode 1. Assume XTAL = 11.0592MHz

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 166

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

XI Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 167

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Observations for problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)
Draw Square wave and show TON and TOFF time

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 168

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XVII Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1.Write ALP to generate square wave of pulse width 10 ms using Timer 1 Mode2.
2. Find value of TH and TL to generate square wave of frequency 1KHZ with 75% duty cycle
Use Mode 1
[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 169

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
XVII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.nbcafe.in/ports-in-8051-microcontroller/#google_vignette
2. https://econtent.msbte.edu.in/econtent/econtent_home.php
3. https://www.circuitstoday.com/delay-using-8051-timer

XVIII Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature of

Teacher
Process Related Product Total
(15) Related (10) (25)

Maharashtra State Borad of Technical Education ‘ K-Scheme’ 170

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 17: LED matrix interfacing to 8051

I Practical Significance
An LED matrix keyboard is a specialized input device that incorporates an LED matrix to enhance
visual feedback and aesthetic appeal. LED matrix displays are used as stadium displays, decorative
displays and as visual signals to human eye, to convey a message or meaning. LED matrix displays
are interfaced with microcontroller I/O port to display characters and different patterns. This practical
will help the students to develop skills to interface LED matrix display to microcontroller and display
various pattern.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface 4x4 matrix with 8051 to display various patterns.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

In LED dot matrix display the LEDs are connected at the column and row intersections of the
matrix. LEDs in the same row are connected together and LEDs in the column are connected
together. Transistors are act as switches and used to control LEDs in the matrix
LED (Light Emitting Diode)

Fig 17.1 LED Symbol and Construction

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 171

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Specifications: LED
1. Current: 20 mA
2. Voltage drop: 1.9 to 2.1 V
3. Power dissipation: 40 mW
4. Color: RED

Operation: Voltage +5V to anode with respect to cathode ground LED will turn ON.
Accessing individual LEDs :User can turn ON an individual LED by setting its row and column pins
to the proper logic 1.
For example, referring to figure 17.2 LED matrix the switch in column 2 is closed which ties the
anodes of all of the LEDs in that column to positive voltage and on the left the switch in row 1 is
closed causing a ground level to be applied to the cathode of all of the LEDs in that row. The LED at
the intersection of column 2 and row 1 is forward biased and turns on.

Fig 17.2 Addressing individual LED: 2nd column and 1st row

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Sample Circuit Diagram

Fig 17.3 Sample Circuit Diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 172

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
b) Actual Circuit Diagram used:

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1 Microcontroller Single board system with 8K RAM,ROM memory with 1 No.
kit battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user
cross c-compiler,RS-232,USB, interfacing facility with
built in power supply.
2 Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.
3 4X4 LED Suitable to interface with 8051 trainer kit 1 No
matrix

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 173

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write program to display various patterns on 4x4 LED matrix.
Step 1: Algorithm
1. Make port P2 used to interface 4x4 LED matrix as an output port.
2. Send F1H value to the port to turn ON first column all LED.
3. Add delay.
4. Send 1FH value to the port to display first row all LED.
5. Add delay.
6. Send 11H value to the port to display first column first row LED.
7. Add delay.
8. Send 88H value to the port to display fourth column fourth row LED.
9. Add delay.
10. For repeat operation go to step 2.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 174

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig . 11.2 Flowchart for 4x4 LED matrix

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 75A000 MOV P2, #00H Make port as output
C:0x0003 75A0F1 MOV P2, #0F1H Send value to LED matrix
C:0x0006 1119 RPT: ACALL DELAY Add delay
C:0x0008 75A01F MOV P2, #1FH Send value to LED matrix
C:0x000B 1119 ACALL DELAY Add delay
C:0x000D 75A011 MOV P2, #11H Send value to LED matrix
C:0x0010 1119 ACALL DELAY Add delay
C:0x0012 75A088 MOV P2, #88H Send value to LED matrix
C:0x0015 1119 ACALL DELAY Add delay
C:0x0017 80EA SJMP RPT
C:0x0019 7A0A MOV R2, #10 Delay subroutine
C:0x001B 7B64 DELAY: MOV R3, #100
C:0x001D 7CC8 HERE2: MOV R4, #200
C:0x001F DCFE HERE1: DJNZ R4, HERE
C:0x0021 BDFA HERE: DJNZ R3, HERE1
C:0x0023 DAF6 DJNZ R2, HERE2
C:0x0025 22 RET
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 175

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Problem statement for student: Develop assembly program to turn ON and OFF all LEDs connected
to port 2 with 30 msec delay.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 176

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……….…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

HEX Value LED status (ON/OFF)

Column Row
F5H
2FH
17H
90H

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 177

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more such
questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. Give the difference between Common Anode and Common Cathode Display.
2. Specify the power requirement for 4x4 LED Matrix.
3. List the applications of 4 x 4 matrix keyboard.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 178

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..……
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.refreshnotes.com/2016/04/8051-program-exchange-block-of-data.html
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/program-branch-group-in-8051
3. https://www.codesexplorer.com/2016/12/8051-alp-to-move-data-from-internal-to-
external.html

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process and
product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 179

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Practical No. 18: Seven Segment Display interface for displaying decimal
numbers

I Practical Significance

Seven segment display is a output display device used to display information in the form of
decimal numbers from 0 to 9 and in some cases, basic characters also. It is widely used in
digital clocks, basic calculators, electronic meters, and other electronic devices that display
numerical information. This practical will help the students to develop skills to interface
7-segment display to microcontroller and display decimal numbers.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface the memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface 7-segment display to display the decimal number from 0 to 9.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

1. Follow safe practices.
2. Maintain tools and equipment.
3. Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Seven segment displays are of two types, i) Common Cathode Display ii) Common Anode Display

Fig 18.1 Seven segment display types

Common Cathode: In common cathode type, the cathodes of all LEDs are tied together to a
single terminal which is usually labeled as ‘com’ and the anode of all LEDs are left alone as
individual pins labeled as a, b, c, d, e, f, g and h (or dot). To glow Common Cathode Segment
LED, common terminal is grounded and Logic 1 is applied on segment pin.

Common Anode: In common anode type, the anode of all LEDs are tied together as a single
terminal and cathodes are left alone as individual pins. Common Anode is tied to logic 1 and to
glow segment Led logic 0 is applied on segment Pin

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 180

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Fig 18.2 Seven segment display and pin configuration

Fig 18.3 Seven segment display number pattern

Driving Pattern for Digit: Digit drive pattern of a seven segment LED display is simply the different
logic combinations of its terminals ‘a’ to ‘h’ in order to display different digits and characters. The
common digit drive patterns (0 to 9) of a seven-segment display are shown in the table below.

Common Cathode Pattern:

Table 18.1: Common Cathode Pattern Table
Digit Dp g f e d c b a HEX
CODE
Port P2.7 P2.6 P2.5 P2.4 P2.3 P2.2 P2.1 P2.0
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 3FH
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 06H
2 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 5BH
3 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 4FH
4 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 66H
5 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 6DH
6 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 7DH
7 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 07H
8 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7FH
9 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 6FH

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 181

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Common Anode Pattern:

Table 18.2: Common Anode Pattern Table

Digit Dp g f e d c b a HEX
CODE
Port P2.7 P2.6 P2.5 P2.4 P2.3 P2.2 P2.1 P2.0
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 C0H
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 F9H
2 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 A4H
3 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 B0H
4 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 99H
5 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 92H
6 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 82H
7 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 F8H
8 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80H
9 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 90H

Note: in above patterns decimal point is considered OFF

VII Practical Circuit diagram:

a) Sample Circuit diagram

Fig 18.4 8051 connection to Common Anode seven segment display

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 182

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

b) Practical Setup

Fig 18.5 Practical setup

c) Simulation diagram

Fig 18.6 Simulation diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 183

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

d) Actual circuit used in Laboratory

e) Actual Experimental set up used in laboratory

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 184

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VIII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components

1. Microcontroller kit S Single board system with 8K RAM, ROM memory with 1 No.
battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
C-compiler, RS-232, USB, interfacing facility with built
in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.
3.
7- Seven Segment LED0. 0. 56 in 1-digit Red, common anode/common cathode 1 No.
Display display.

IX Precautions to be followed
1) Always use current limiting resistor before interfacing 7-segment display to
microcontroller.
2) For safe operation use seven segment displays at 25° temperature.
3) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (Keil IDE) or
any other relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file.
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of microcontroller.
8. Interface Common Anode type 7 segment display to microcontroller as per circuit
diagram shown in fig 18.4.
9. Observe and draw the display of numbers on 7-seven segment display.
10. Record the hex value in observation table.

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 185

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to display decimal no 0 to 9.

Step 1: Algorithm
1. Make the Port P2 as output port.
2. Set counter register R2 =10 for 0 to 9 digits.
3. Load DPTR with memory address where table is stored.
4. Clear Accumulator.
5. Read stored hex code of decimal digit from memory into Accumulator.
6. Send code to output port where 7-segment display is connected.
7. Increment memory pointer i.e., DPTR.
8. Decrement the counter register R2 and compare with 0 is counter =0? NO- go to step 4
to send next digit code.
9. For repeat operation go to step 2.
10. Stop

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig 18.7 Flowchart to display decimal no 0 to 9

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 186

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 75A000 MOV P2,#00H ;Make Port2 as output port
C:0x0003 ;Set register as counter of 10
7A0A REPEAT: MOV R2,#10
bytes
C:0x0005 ;Load address of memory into
900300 MOV DPTR,#TABLE
Data pointer
C:0x0008 E4 UP: CLR A ;Clear accumulator
C:0x0009 ;Read hex code from memory
93 MOVC A,@A+DPTR
into accumulator
C:0x000A F5A0 MOV P2,A ;Send hex code to port2
C:0x000C 1113 ACALL DELAY
C:0x000E ;Increment memory pointer to
A3 INC DPTR
read next digit hex code
C:0x000F ; Decrement counter & jump if
DAF7 DJNZ R2,UP
not equal to zero to label UP.
C:0x0011 80F0 SJMP REPEAT ;Repeat loop
C:0x0013 7B19 DELAY: MOV R3, #25 ;Delay Subroutine
C:0x0015 7C64 L3: MOV R4,#100
C:0x0017 7D64 L2: MOV R5,#100
C:0x0019 DDFE L1: DJNZ R5,L1
C:0x001B DCFA DJNZ R4,L2
C:0x001D DBF6 DJNZ R3,L3
C:0x001F 22 RET
ORG 0300H
TABLE: DB 0C0H, 0F9H,
;Decimal 0 to 9 hex code stored at
0A4H, 0B0H, 99H,
code memory starting at location
92H, 82H, 0F8H, 80H,
0200H onward
90H
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 187

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Problem statement for student: Develop assembly program to display decimal numbers 9 to 0 on
Common Anode/ Common Cathode 7-segment display

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 188

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

XI Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 189

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XIII Observations for Problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. NO. Memory Location Hex Value

1 C:0x0300
2 C:0x0301
3 C:0x0302
4 C:0x0303
5 C:0x0304
6 C:0x0305
7 C:0x0306
8 C:0x0307
9 C:0x0308
10 C:0x0309

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVII Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. Write the 7-segment hex code to display letter ‘E’ and ‘F’ on Common Anode display.
2. State number of pins a seven segment display IC have.
3. Write assembly language program to display numbers 4 and 5 alternately on common
cathode seven segment display

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 190

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 191

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
XVIII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/seven-segment-displays/
2. https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/blog/7-segment-display-tutorial.html
3. https://www.circuitstoday.com/interfacing-seven-segment-display-to-8051

XIX Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 192

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Practical No. 19: Relay interfacing to Microcontroller

I Practical Significance
Electromagnetic or solid-state relays are used in electronic applications to switch or control high
voltages or high currents. In Industrial applications low power devices microcontrollers drive
relays are used to control electrical loads beyond their direct drive capability. Electromechanical
protective relays are used to detect overload and other faults on electrical lines by opening and
closing circuit breakers. This practical will help the students to develop skills to interface relay
to microcontroller and turn it ON and OFF.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface relay with microcontroller and turn it ON and OFF.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Turning a relay on and off is a fundamental function for controlling power to a device or circuit
using a separate, usually lower voltage circuit. A relay is an electromechanical switch that uses
an electromagnet to mechanically operate a switch.

Turning a Relay On:

1. To turn on the relay, a current must be applied to the coil. This can be done using a control
signal from a microcontroller, a switch, or any digital output capable of driving the relay.
2. This input activates the coil, causing the contacts to close and allowing power to pass through
to the connected device.

Turning a Relay Off:

1. To turn off the relay, the current flowing through the coil is interrupted. This can be achieved
by cutting off the control signal or through a switch.
2. When the coil is de-energized, a spring or other mechanism forces the contacts back into the
open position, cutting off power to the device.

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 193

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Fig 19.1 Relay Terminals

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Sample Circuit Diagram

Fig 19.2 Sample Circuit Diagram

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 194

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
b) Practical Setup:

Fig 19.3 Practical Set up Diagram

c) Actual Circuit Diagram used:

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 195

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument Specification Quantity

No /Components
1. Microcontroller kit Single board systems with 8K RAM, ROM 1 No.
memory with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD
display, PC keyboard interfacing facility, Hex
keypad facility, single user cross c-compiler, RS-
232, USB, interfacing facility with built in power
supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation & 1 N
program downloading software o
.
3 Relay trainer board Suitable to interface with 8051 trainer kit 1 No.

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.
2. Use always driver circuit before interfacing relay to the microcontroller.
3. Use fly back diode to avoid voltage spikes

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write program to display various patterns on 4x4 LED matrix.
Step 1: Algorithm
1. Make the Port pin P1.0 used to Interface relay as an output pin.
2. Turn on relay by setting port bit.
3. Add delay

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 196

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
4. Turn off relay by clearing bit
5. Add delay
6. For repeat operation go to step 2
7. Stop

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig . 19.4 Flowchart for 4x4 LED matrix

Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 D290 MAIN SETB P2.0 Set P2.0 high to turn ON the relay
C:0x0002 110A ACALL DELAY Call Delay
Clear P2.0 low to turn OFF the
C:0x0004 C290 CLR P2.0
relay
C:0x0006 110A ACALL DELAY Call Delay
C:0x0008 80F6 SJMP MAIN Infinite loop to toggle relay

C:0x000A 78FF MOV R0, #255

C:0x000C 79FF LOOP 1 MOV R1, #255
C:0x000E D9FE LOOP 2 DJNZ R1, LOOP 2 Decrement and jump if not zero
C:0x0010 D8FA DJNZ R0, LOOP 1
C:0x0012 22 RET
END

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 197

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Problem statement for student: Develop assembly program to turn ON and OFF all Relay connected
to port 2 with 30 msec delay.

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 198

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……….…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………….…………
XIII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. NO. Step Port Pin Status Logic 1 (+5V) / Logic 0 Relay Status
(0V) ON/OFF
1 Step 1 P2.0
2 Step 2 P2.0

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 199

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more such
questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. Give the effect of driver circuit not connected while interfacing relay with microcontroller.
2. Draw the Interfacing diagram of microcontroller with relay using ULN 2803A IC.
3. Write Steps for testing a relay.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..……
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 200

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
……………………………………………………………………………………………….…………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.etechnog.com/2021/07/relay-wiring-diagram-and-function.html
2. https://bravelearn.com/turn-relay-on-or-off-using-8051-microcontroller-at89c51/
3. https://electrosome.com/interfacing-relay-8051-keil-c/

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process and
product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 201

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 20: LCD interfacing to 8051 to display characters and decimal
numbers

I Practical Significance

Display units are the most important output devices in embedded projects and electronics
products. 16x2 LCD is one of the most used display unit. LCDs find application in consumer
appliances such as CD players, DVD players, digital watches, computers, etc. These are
commonly used in the screen industries. This practical will help the students to develop skills
to interface LCD with microcontroller to display the given integer and character.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface the memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface LCD with 8051 microcontroller to display the characters and decimal numbers.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

1. Follow safe practices.
2. Maintain tools and equipment.
3. Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

A 16×2 LCD display is a very basic module and is very commonly used in various devices and
circuits. A 16×2 LCD means it can display 16 characters per line and there are 2 such lines.

Fig 20.1 16 X 2 LCD display

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 202

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

HD44780 16 X2 LCD Features

• The operating voltage is 4.7V-5.3V
• It includes two rows where each row can produce 16-characters.
• The utilization of current is 1mA with no backlight
• Every character can be built with a 5×8 pixel box
• The alphanumeric LCDs display alphabets & numbers
• It can work on two modes like 4-bit & 8-bit
• Available in Blue & Green Backlight

LCD Pin functions:

Table 20.1 LCD pin Functions

PIN NO NAME FUNCTION

1 GND Ground pin.
2 VCC Power supply pin of 5V.
3 VEE Used for adjusting the contrast, commonly attached to the potentiometer.
4 RS RS is the register select pin
If RS = 0, the instruction command code register is selected.
If RS = 1, the data register is selected
5 R/W R/W - read/write:
R/W input allows the user to write information to the LCD or read information
from it.
R/W = 1 when reading;
R/W =0 when writing.
6 E Enable pin is used by the LCD to latch the information present on the data pins. A
high-to-low pulse is needed to latch the data. This pulse must be a minimum of 450
ns wide.
7 D0
8 D1
9 D2
10 D3
D0-D7 Data pins for giving data (normal data like numbers characters or command
11 D4
data) which is meant to be displayed.
12 D5
13 D6
14 D7
15 LED+ Back light Anode which should be connected to Vcc(5V)
16 LED- Back light Cathode which should be connected to ground.

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 203

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

LCD Commands:
Table 20.2 LCD Commands

Command Code
Sr.No. Instruction
(Hex)
1 0x30 Function Set: 8-bit, 1 Line, 5x7 Dots
2 0x38 Function Set: 8-bit, 2 Line, 5x7 Dots
3 0x20 Function Set: 4-bit, 1 Line, 5x7 Dots
4 0x28 Function Set: 4-bit, 2 Line, 5x7 Dots
5 0x06 Entry Mode
6 0x08 Display off Cursor off
7 0x0E Display on Cursor on
8 0x0C Display on Cursor off
9 0x0F Display on Cursor blinking
10 0x18 Shift entire display left
11 0x1C Shift entire display right
12 0x10 Move cursor left by one character
13 0x14 Move cursor right by one character
14 0x01 Clear Display (also clear DDRAM content)
15 0x80 + address* Set DDRAM address or cursor position on display
16 0x40 + address** Set CGRAM address or set pointer to CGRAM
location
Note: For more details of the commands refer Data sheet of LCD.

VII Practical Circuit diagram:

a) Sample Circuit diagram

Fig 20.2 8051 connection to 16 X 2 LCD display

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 204

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

b) Practical Setup

Fig 20.3 Practical setup

c) Simulation diagram

Fig 20.4 Simulation diagram

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 205

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

d) Actual circuit used in Laboratory

e) Actual Experimental set up used in laboratory

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 206

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VIII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components

1. Microcontroller kit S Single board system with 8K RAM,ROM memory with 1 No.
battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
C-compiler,RS-232,USB, interfacing facility with built
in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.
3.
L LCD Trainer board0. Suitable to interface with 8051 trainer kit 1 No.

IX Precautions to be followed
1) Ensure proper connection before turning ON power supply to the kit.
2) Don’t apply pressure to the display surface.
2) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (IDE) or any
other relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file for the above program.
7. Interface LCD display to microcontroller as per circuit diagram shown in Fig 20.2
8. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of microcontroller
9. Observe output on LCD display

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 207

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
SAMPLE PROGRAM : Write a program to display “MICRO-8051” on LCD.

Step 1-Algorithm
1. Define control signals RS, RW and EN for LCD
2. Make LCD connected port as an output port.
3. Initialize LCD by sending commands.
4. Load DPTR with program memory address.
5. Set register as counter R2 =10(decimal) for to display “MICRO-8051"
6. Clear Accumulator
7. Read ASCII from code memory into Accumulator.
8. Send code to output port where LCD is connected.
9. Increment memory pointer.
10. Decrement R2 counter. Is count = 0 , then go to step 6.
11. Stop

Step 2: Flowchart

Fig 20.5 Flowchart to display alphabets and decimal numbers on LCD

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 208

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Step 3: Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
;Replace a bit address by a
RS EQU P2.3
symbol
RW EQU P2.4
EN EQU P2.5
ORG 0000H
;Set P1 as o/p port where
C:0x0000 759000 MOV P1, #00H
LCD is connected
;Call LCD initialize
C:0x0003 120015 LCALL LCD_INIT
subroutine
; Load program memory
C:0x0006 900100 MOV DPTR, #MSG
address into DPTR
C:0x0009 7A0A MOV R2, #10 ;Set counter of 10
C:0x000B E4 UP: CLR A
;Read data from memory
C:0x000C 93 MOVC A,@A+DPTR
into A register
C:0x000D 120037 LCALL DATAWRT
;Increment pointer to next
C:0x0010 A3 INC DPTR
location
C:0x0011 DAF8 DJNZ R2, UP ;Repeat loop for 10 times
C:0x0013 80FE HERE: SJMP HERE ; stop
; 2 lines and 5×7 matrix (8-
C:0x0015 7438 LCD_INIT: MOV A, #38H
bit mode)
C:0x0017 112A ACALL CMD
C:0x0019 740E MOV A, #0EH ; Display on, cursor on
C:0x001B 112A ACALL CMD
; Increment cursor (shift
C:0x001D 7406 MOV A, #06H
cursor to right)
C:0x001F 112A ACALL CMD
C:0x0021 7401 MOV A, #01H ; Clear display screen
C:0x0023 112A ACALL CMD
; Force cursor to beginning
C:0x0025 7480 MOV A, #80H
to 1st line
C:0x0027 112A ACALL CMD
C:0x0029 22 RET
C:0x002A F590 CMD: MOV P1,A ;Send command to lcd
C:0x002C C2A3 CLR RS ;Select command register
C:0x002E C2 A4 CLR RW ;Select write operation
C:0x0030 D2A5 SETB EN
C:0x0032 C2A5 CLR EN ;Latch command to lcd
C:0x0034 1144 ACALL DELAY ;Wait for sometime
C:0x0036 22 RET

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 209

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

C:0x0037 F590 DATAWRT: MOV P1,A ;Send data to lcd

C:0x0039 D2 A3 SETB RS ;Select data register
C:0x003B C2 A4 CLR RW ;Select write operation
C:0x003D D2A5 SETB EN
C:0x003F C2A5 CLR EN ;Latch data to lcd
C:0x0041 1144 ACALL DELAY ;Wait for sometime
C:0x0043 22 RET
C:0x0044 7B32 DELAY: MOV R3,#50 ;Delay subroutine
C:0x0046 7CFF L2: MOV R4,#255
C:0x0048 DCFE L1: DJNZ R4,L1
C:0x004A DBFA DJNZ R3,L2
C:0x004C 22 RET
ORG 0100H
;Define data byte to code
MSG: DB “MICRO-8051"
memory
END

Problem statement for student: Develop assembly language program to display “MSBTE” on
second line of LCD

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 210

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 211

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 212

Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

XI Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 213

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Observations for Problem statement (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. No. LCD Memory Observed

Location Character
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 214

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XVII Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. State necessity of busy flag checking in LCD.
2. Give DDRAM address for 1st and 2nd line of 16x2 LCD display
3. Write appropriate command to shift cursor position to left
[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 215

 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
XVIII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://circuitdigest.com/article/16x2-lcd-display-module-pinout-datasheet
2. https://www.dnatechindia.com/Interfacing-LCD-to-8051.html
3. https://circuitdigest.com/microcontroller-projects/lcd-interfacing-with-8051-microcontroller-
89s52
4. https://www.elprocus.com/lcd-interfacing-with-8051-microcontroller/

XIX Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’ 216

Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 21: Keyboard interfacing to 8051

I Practical Significance
Keyboards allow users to input data directly into an embedded system. This interaction is
essential for devices that require user configuration, command entry, or data input, enhancing
usability and functionality. A keyboard interface with an 8051 microcontroller can be
customized to handle various types of keyboards and input methods. This flexibility allows
developers to design interfaces that best suit their specific application needs. This practical
will help the students to develop skills to interface given keyboard to the microcontroller and
display key pressed.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface the given keyboard with 8051 and display the key pressed.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Fig 21.1 Types of Keyboards

4 x 4 matrix keypad connected to a single port of microcontroller. The keypad columns and rows
are connected to the port pins. The keypad can be decoded to find out which key was pressed.
When a key is pressed on the keypad, a row and column make a contact; otherwise, there is
no connection
Specifications: Keypad
1. Maximum voltage across each key: 24V
2. Maximum Current through each key: 30mA
3. Maximum operating temperature: 0°C to + 50°C
4. Easy interface
5. Long life

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

217
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Table 21.1 4x4 Keypad: - Rows (R1, R2, R3, R4) Columns (C1, C2, C3, C4)
(Refer Fig.15.2)

Step1:- Make R1- 0 Checks C1, C2, C3,C4 Step3:- Make R3- 0 Checks C1, C2, C3,C4
If C1=0 – ‘0’ is pressed If C1=0 – ‘8’ is pressed
If C2=0 – ‘1’ is pressed If C2=0 – ‘9’ is pressed
If C3=0 – ‘2’ is pressed If C3=0 – ‘A’ is pressed
If C3=0 – ‘3’ is pressed If C3=0 – ‘B’ is pressed

Step2:- Make R2- 0 Checks C1, C2, C3,C4 Step4:- Make R4- 0 Checks C1, C2, C3,C4
If C1=0 – ‘4’ is pressed If C1=0 – ‘C’ is pressed
If C2=0 – ‘5’ is pressed If C2=0 – ‘D’ is pressed
If C3=0 – ‘6’ is pressed If C3=0 – ‘E’ is pressed
If C3=0 – ‘7’ is pressed If C3=0 – ‘F’ is pressed

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Sample Circuit Diagram

Fig 21.2 Sample Circuit Diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

218
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

b) Practical Setup:

Fig 21.3 Practical Set up Diagram

c) Simulation Diagram:

Fig 21.4: Simulation Diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

219
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

d) Actual Circuit Diagram used:

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument Specification Quantity

No /Components
1. Microcontroller kit Single board systems with 8K RAM, ROM 1 No.
memory with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD
display, PC keyboard interfacing facility, Hex
keypad facility, single user cross c-
compiler,RS-232,USB, interfacing facility
with built in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software
3 Keyboard Suitable to interface with 8051 trainer kit 1No.
4x4 trainer board

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

220
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to display key pressed on LCD.

Step1- Algorithm
1. Define LCD control pins RS, RW, EN.
2. Make LCD Port P0 as an output port.
3. Make the keypad Port P1 pins as an input port.
4. Initialize LCD by sending commands.
5. Make R1 low& read columns C1, C2, C3 and C4
If C1=0 display ‘0’, If C2=0 display ‘1’, If C3=0 display ‘2’, If C4=0 display ‘3’
6. Make R2 low& read columns C1, C2, C3 and C4.
If C1=0 display ‘4’, If C2=0 display ‘5’, If C3=0 display ‘6’, If C4=0 display ‘7’.
7. Make R3 low& read columns C1, C2, C3 and C4.
If C1=0 display ‘8’, If C2=0 display ‘9’, If C3=0 display ‘A’, If C4=0 display ‘B’
8. Make R4 low& read columns C1, C2, C3 and C4.
If C1=0 display ‘C’, If C2=0 display ‘D’, If C3=0 display ‘E’, If C4=0 display ‘F’
1. Go to step 5 to scan keypad.
2. Stop

Step 2-Flow Chart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

221
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 21.5 Flowchart to display the key pressed on LCD

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

222
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ROW1 BIT P1.0 ;keypad row pins
ROW2 BIT P1.1
ROW3 BIT P1.2
ROW4 BIT P1.3
COL1 BIT P1.4 ;keypad column pins
COL2 BIT P1.5
COL3 BIT P1.6
COL4 BIT P1.7
RS BIT P2.5 ;LCD control pins
RW BIT P2.6
EN BIT P2.7
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 758000 MOV P0,#00H ;make LCD port as output
C:0x0003 11AB ACALL LCDINIT
C:0x0005 7590FF KEYSCAN: MOV P1,#0FFH ;step 1 make port as input
C:0x0008 C290 CLR ROW1 ;make row1=0
C:0x000A 30943E JNB COL1,K0 ;check col1
C:0x000D 309441 JNB COL2,K1 ;check col2
C:0x0010 309444 JNB COL3,K2 ;check col3
C:0x0013 309447 JNB COL4,K3 ;check col4
C:0x0016 7590FF MOV P1,#0FFH ;step 2
C:0x0019 C291 CLR ROW2 ;make row2=0
C:0x001B 309445 JNB COL1,K4
C:0x001E 309548 JNB COL2,K5
C:0x0021 30964B JNB COL3,K6
C:0x0024 30974E JNB COL4,K7
C:0x0027 7590FF MOV P1,#0FFH ;step 3
C:0x002A C292 CLR ROW3 ;make row3=0
C:0x002C 30954C JNB COL1,K8
C:0x002F 30954F JNB COL2,K9
C:0x0032 309652 JNB COL3,KA
C:0x0035 309755 JNB COL4,KB
C:0x0038 7590FF MOV P1,#0FFH ;step 4
C:0x003B C293 CLR ROW4 ;make row4=0

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

223
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
C:0x003D 309453 JNB COL1,KC
C:0x0040 309556 JNB COL2,KD
C:0x0043 309659 JNB COL3,KE
C:0x0046 30975C JNB COL4,KF
C:0x0049 80BA SJMP KEYSCAN ;repeat scanning
C:0x004B 7430 K0: MOV A,#”0” ;key 0 detected
C:0x004D 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x004F 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0051 7431 K1: MOV A,#”1” ;key 1 detected
C:0x0053 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0055 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0057 7432 K2: MOV A,#”2” ;key 2 detected
C:0x0059 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x005B 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x005D 7433 K3: MOV A,#”3” ;key 3 detected
C:0x005F 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0061 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0063 7434 K4: MOV A,#”4” ;key 4 detected
C:0x0065 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0067 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0069 7435 K5: MOV A,#”5” ;key 5 detected
C:0x006B 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x006D 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x006F 7436 K6: MOV A,#”6” ;key 6 detected
C:0x0071 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0073 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0075 7437 K7: MOV A,#”7” ;key 7 detected
C:0x0077 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0079 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x007B 7438 K8: MOV A,#”8” ;key 8 detected
C:0x007D 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x007F 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0081 7439 K9: MOV A,#”9” ;key 9 detected
C:0x0083 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0085 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
224
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
C:0x0087 7441 KA: MOV A,#”A” ;key A detected
C:0x0089 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x008B 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x008D 7442 KB: MOV A,#”B” ;key B detected
C:0x008F 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0091 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0093 7443 KC: MOV A,#”C” ;key C detected
C:0x0095 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x0097 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x0099 7444 KD: MOV A,#”D” ;key D detected
C:0x009B 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x009D 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x009F 7445 KE: MOV A,#”E” ;key E detected
C:0x00A1 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x00A3 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x00A5 7446 KF: MOV A,#”F” ;key F detected
C:0x00A7 11CD ACALL DISPLAY
C:0x00A9 0105 AJMP KEYSCAN
C:0x00AB 7438 LCDINIT: MOV A,#38H ;init LCD 2 lines, 5x7 matrix
C:0x00AD 11C0 ACALL COMMAND
C:0x00AF 740E MOV A,#0EH ;LCD on cursor on
C:0x00B1 11C0 ACALL COMMAND
C:0x00B3 7406 MOV A,#06H ;clear LCD command
C:0x00B5 11C0 ACALL COMMAND
C:0x00B7 7401 CLEAR: MOV A,#01H ;shift cursor right
C:0x00B9 11C0 ACALL COMMAND
;Force cursor to beginning of 1st
C:0x00BB 7480 MOV A,#80H
line
C:0x00BD 11C0 ACALL COMMAND
C:0x00BF 22 RET
COMMAND
C:0x00C0 F580 MOV P0,A ;issue command code
:
C:0x00C2 C2A5 CLR RS
C:0x00C4 C2A6 CLR RW
C:0x00C6 D2A7 SETB EN

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

225
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
C:0x00C8 11DE ACALL DELAY
C:0x00CA C2A7 CLR EN
C:0x00CC 22 RET
C:0x00CD F580 DISPLAY: MOV P0,A ;issue data
C:0x00CF D2A5 SETB RS
C:0x00D1 C2A6 CLR RW
C:0x00C3 D2A7 SETB EN
C:0x00D5 11DE ACALL DELAY
C:0x00D7 C2A7 CLR EN
C:0x00D9 11DE ACALL DELAY ;add delay
C:0x00DB 11B7 ACALL CLEAR ;LCD clear
C:0x00DD 22 RET
C:0x00DE 7B32 MOV R3,#50
C:0x00E0 7CFF MOV R4,#255
C:0x00E2 DCFE DELAY: DJNZ R4,LOOP1
C:0x00E4 DBFA LOOP2: DJNZ R3,LOOP2
C:0x00E6 22 LOOP1: RET
END

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.
2.
3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

226
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Sr. No. Key Pressed Output on LCD

1 4
2 5
3 A
4 C
5 F

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

227
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO

1. If the switch 3 is pressed which column & row show logic 0 at respective port pin?.
2. Explain debounce effect.
3. Write down following requirement of port pins and number of switches.
No of switches Rows Port Columns Port
Matrix Keypad
Pins Pins
1x4 Matrix Keypad
3x4 Matrix Keypad
4x4 Matrix Keypad
8x8 Matrix Keypad

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

228
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://gmostofabd.github.io/8051-Keypad/
2. https://www.circuitstoday.com/interfacing-hex-keypad-to-8051
3. https://www.brainkart.com/article/Interfacing-and-Program-for-Keyboard-to-8051-
Microcontroller_7838/

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

229
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 22: ADC interfacing to 8051

I Practical Significance
ADC (Analog to digital converter) forms a very essential part in many embedded projects. In
industry and automated instruments, the signals sensed and processed by humans are analog
signals. Analog-to-digital conversion is the means by which analog signals are converted into
digital data that can be processed by computers for various purposes. This practical will help
the students to develop skills to interface given ADC to the microcontroller and verify the input
and output.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Interface memory and I/O peripherals to 8051 microcontroller.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface ADC with 8051 microcontroller and verify input and output.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

An analog to digital converter or ADC, converts an analog signal to a digital signal. An analog
signal has a continuously changing amplitude with respect to time. A digital signal, is a stream of
0s and 1s. An ADC maps analog signals to their binary equivalents. To do this, ADCs use various
methods like:
1. Flash conversion,
2. Slope integration, or
3. Successive approximation.
Types of ADC:
1. Serial ADC: Serial ADC’s consisting of just one output pin that delivers the output code
one bit at a time.
2. Parallel ADC: Parallel ADC’s consisting of several output pins that deliver all the bits of
the output code at the same time.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

230
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 22.1: ADC Block Diagram

ADC0808 Analog signal selection:

Table 22.1 ADC Channel Selection

Select Lines Analog Channel

C B A Selected
0 0 0 IN0
0 0 1 IN1
0 1 0 IN2
0 1 1 IN3
1 0 0 IN4
1 0 1 IN5
1 1 0 IN6
1 1 1 IN7

Specifications ADC0808 Chip

a. ADC0808 IC - analog to digital

b. Resolution -8 Bits
c. Input Channels- 8
d. Single Supply- 5VDC
e. Low Power- 15mW
f. Conversion Time -100μs
g. Output’s meets TTL voltage level.
h. The clock frequency range of ADC is 10 KHz to 1280 KHz.
i. Typically 680 kHz used.
j. Low power consumption

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

231
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Sample Circuit Diagram

Fig 22.2 ADC interfacing to 8051

b) Practical Setup:

Fig 22.3 Practical Set up Diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

232
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

c) Simulation Diagram:

Fig 22.4: Simulation Diagram

d) Actual Circuit Diagram used:

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

233
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument Specification Quantity

No /Components
1. Microcontroller kit Single board systems with 8K RAM, ROM 1 No.
memory with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD
display, PC keyboard interfacing facility, Hex
keypad facility, single user cross c-compiler,
RS-232, USB, interfacing facility with built in
power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software
3 ADC (0808) trainer Suitable to interface 8051 board. 1 No.
board

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.
2. Refer datasheet for to provide clock frequency to ADC 0808 chip.
3. Care must be taken while taking observations during power up.
4. Use current limiting resistors for LED’s.

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to read the data from ADC and display on LEDs.
Step1- Algorithm
1. Select an analog channel by providing bits to A, B, and C addresses according to the
analog signal selection table.
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
234
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

2. Activate the ALE (address latch enable) pin.

3. Activate SC (start conversion) to initiate conversion.
4. Monitor EOC (end of conversion) to see whether conversion is finished. H-to L
output indicates that the data is converted and is ready to be picked up. If we do not
use EOC, we can read the converted digital data after a brief time delay. The delay
size depends on the speed of the external clock we connect to the CLK pin.
5. Activate OE (output enable) to read data out of the ADC chip.

Note: In ADC0808 that there is no self-clocking and the clock must be provided from
an external source to the CLK pin. Although the speed of conversion depends on the
frequency of the clock connected to the CLK pin, it cannot be faster than 100
microseconds.

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 22.5 Flowchart to display the key pressed on LCD

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

235
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H Starting address
C:0X0000 7590FF MOV P1, #0FFH Makes port 1 input port
C:0X0003 D2A7 SETB P2.7 Makes EOC pin high
C:0X0005 C2A4 CLR P2.4 Clears ALE pin
C:0X0007 C2A6 CLR P2.6 Clears start pin
C:0X009 C2A5 CLR P2.5 Clear OE pin
C:0X000B C2A2 BACK: CLR P2.2 Clears ADD C
Sets ADD B
C:0X000D D2A1 SETB P2.1
Clears ADD A (this selects the second
C:0X000F C2A0 CLR P2.0 address line)

ACALL DELAY
C:0X0011 112F
Sets ALE high
C:0X0013 D2A4 SETB P2.4
ACALL DELAY
C:0X0015 112F
Sends a command to start of
C:0X0017 D2A6 SETB P.26
conversion pulse.
C:0X0019 112F ACALL DELAY
CLR P2.4
C:0X001B C2A4 Makes ALE low
Makes start pin low
C:0X001D C2A6 CLR P2.6
Waits for low pulse at EOC
C:0X001F 20A7FD HERE: JB P2.7, HERE
HERE1:
C:0X0022 30A7FD JNB P2.7, HERE1 Waits for low pulse to finish
Enables OE pin to extract data from
C:0X0025 D2A5 SETB P2.5 ADC

ACALL DELAY
C:0X0027 112F
Moves acquired data to accumulator
C:0X0029 E590 MOV A, P1
Clears OE
C:0X002B C2A5 CLR P2.5
SJMP BACK
C:0X002D 80DC Repeatedly gets data from ADC
DELAY: MOV R3, #50
C:0X002F 7B32
HERE2: MOV R4, #255
C:0X0031 7CFF
DJNZ R4, HERE3
C:0X0033 DCFE

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

236
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C;0X0035 DBFA DJNZ R3, HERE 2
RET
C:0X0037
END

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.
2.
3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Input Voltage Output HEX Value observed on LED’s

1V
2V
3V
4V
5V

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

237
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO
1. List two applications where serial ADC and parallel ADC chips are used.
2. Draw timing diagram for entire ADC process.
3. Distinguish ADC 0804, ADC 0808 and ADC 0848.
4. Give the pin functions of ADC 0808.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

238
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://technobyte.org/8051-interfacing-adc-0808-tutorial-steps/#Where_is_an_Analog-to-
Digital_Converter_ADC_used
2. https://www.circuitstoday.com/interfacing-adc-to-8051
3. https://microcontrollerslab.com/interfacing-adc-0804-8051-microcontroller/

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

239
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

240
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 23: DAC interfacing to generate the square waveform.

I Practical Significance
The digital to analog converter (DAC) is a device widely used to convert digital pulses to
analog signals. This practical will help the students to develop skills to interface DAC with
8051 and generate different analog waveforms.
II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)
Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based applications.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface DAC with 8051 microcontroller and generate square waveform.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

The Digital to Analog converter (DAC) is a device, that is widely used for converting digital pulses
to analog signals. There are two methods of converting digital signals to analog signals.
1. Binary weighted method and
2. R/2R ladder method.
R/2R ladder is the widely used method. This method can achieve a much higher degree of precision.
DACs are judged by its resolution. The resolution is a function of the number of binary inputs. The
most common input counts are 8, 10, 12 etc. Number of data inputs decides the resolution of DAC.
So, if there are n digital input pin, there are 2n analog levels. So, 8 input DAC has 256 discrete
voltage levels.
he output current is known as Iout by connecting a resistor to the output to convert into voltage.
The total current provided by the Iout pin is basically a function of the binary numbers at the input
pins D0 - D7 (D0 is the LSB and D7 is the MSB) of DAC0808 and the reference current Iref. The
following formula is showing the function of Iout:

𝐷7 𝐷6 𝐷5 𝐷4 𝐷3 𝐷2 𝐷1 𝐷0
𝐼𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝐼𝑟𝑒𝑓 ( + + + + + + + )
2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256
The Iref is the input current. This must be provided into the pin 14. Generally, 2.0mA is used as
Iref. Iout pin is connected to the resistor to convert the current to voltage.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

241
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 23.1: DAC Block Diagram

Fig 23.2: DAC Block Diagram

Specifications DAC 0808 Chip

1. Resolution: 8 bits
2. Settling Time: Typically, 100 nanoseconds
3. Output Current: Up to 1.999 mA
4. Voltage Supply: +5V or ±5V to ±18V
5. Accuracy: ±0.19% of full scale
6. Output Type: Voltage output
7. Compatibility: TTL/CMOS

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

242
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Sample Circuit Diagram

Fig 23.3 DAC interfacing to 8051

b) Practical Setup:

Fig 23.4 Practical Set up Diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

243
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

c) Simulation Diagram:

Fig 23.5: Simulation Diagram

d) Actual Circuit Diagram used:

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

244
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1 Microcontroller Single board systems with 8K RAM,ROM 1 No.
kit memory with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD
display, PC keyboard interfacing facility, Hex
keypad facility, single user cross c-compiler,RS-
232,USB, interfacing facility with built in power
supply.
2 Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software
3 DAC (0808) Suitable to interface 8051 board. 1 No
trainer board

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.
2. Operate DAC chip as per specifications given in the datasheet otherwise damage may
occur to the device.

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to generate square waveform using DAC.

STEP1- Algorithm
1. Make the Port used to Interface DAC as an output port.
2. Clear Accumulator.
3. Send 00H value to Port 1
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
245
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

4. Call Delay
5. Send FFH value to port 1
6. Call Delay.
7. For repeat operation go to step3.

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 23.6 Flowchart to generate Square waveform

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000h
C:0x0000 7400 MAIN: MOV A, #00h Clear A
C:0x0002 F590 MOV P1, A Send value to P1
C:0x0004 110E ACALL DELAY Call Delay
Move Highest value in
C:0x0006 74FF MOV A, #FFH
Accumulator
C:0x0008 F590 MOV P1, A Send value to P1
C:0x000A 110E ACALL DELAY Decrement value
Compare with lowest
C:0x000C SJMP MAIN
value
DELAY

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

246
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
C:0x000E 78FF MOV R0, #100 Initialize Delay register
C:0X0010 79FF HERE 1: MOV R1, #100
C:0x0012 D9FE Repeat till R1 becomes
HERE: DJNZ R1, HERE
zero
C:0X0014 D8FA Repeat till R1 becomes
DJNZ R0, HERE1
zero
C:0X0016 22 RET
END

Problem statement for student: Develop assembly program to generate a square wave with
ON time of 3msec and OFF time of 5 msec. {Assume suitable crystal frequency}
Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

247
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.
2.
3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)
Trace the waveform for the square waveform observed on CRO.

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
248
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO
1. If Iref = 2mA and all the inputs to the DAC are high then find maximum current of
DAC 0808 IC.
2. Define Duty cycle for the square waveform.
3. Write a program for generating a square waveform for 60% duty cycle.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
249
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/interfacing-dac-with-8051-microcontroller
2. http://vlabs.iitkgp.ac.in/rtes/exp3/index.html
3. https://peripheralinterfacing.wordpress.com/digital-to-analog-converter-using-8051-microcontroller/

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

250
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 24: DAC interfacing to generate the triangular waveform.

I Practical Significance
The digital to analog converter (DAC) is a device widely used to convert digital pulses to
analog signals. This practical will help the students to develop skills to interface DAC with
8051 and generate different analog waveforms.

II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based applications.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface DAC with 8051 microcontroller and generate triangular, saw-tooth waveform.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.
VI Relevant Theoretical Background
The Digital to Analog converter (DAC) is a device, that is widely used for converting digital pulses
to analog signals. There are two methods of converting digital signals to analog signals.
1. Binary weighted method and
2. R/2R ladder method.
R/2R ladder is the widely used method. This method can achieve a much higher degree of precision.
DACs are judged by its resolution. The resolution is a function of the number of binary inputs. The
most common input counts are 8, 10, 12 etc. Number of data inputs decides the resolution of DAC.
So, if there are n digital input pin, there are 2n analog levels. So, 8 input DAC has 256 discrete
voltage levels.
he output current is known as Iout by connecting a resistor to the output to convert into voltage.
The total current provided by the Iout pin is basically a function of the binary numbers at the input
pins D0 - D7 (D0 is the LSB and D7 is the MSB) of DAC0808 and the reference current Iref. The
following formula is showing the function of Iout:

𝐷7 𝐷6 𝐷5 𝐷4 𝐷3 𝐷2 𝐷1 𝐷0
𝐼𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝐼𝑟𝑒𝑓 ( + + + + + + + )
2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256
The Iref is the input current. This must be provided into the pin 14. Generally, 2.0mA is used as
Iref. Iout pin is connected to the resistor to convert the current to voltage.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

251
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Fig 24.1: DAC Block Diagram

Fig 24.2: DAC Block Diagram

Specifications DAC 0808 Chip

1. Resolution: 8 bits
2. Settling Time: Typically, 100 nanoseconds
3. Output Current: Up to 1.999 mA
4. Voltage Supply: +5V or ±5V to ±18V
5. Accuracy: ±0.19% of full scale
6. Output Type: Voltage output
7. Compatibility: TTL/CMOS

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

252
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Sample Circuit Diagram

Fig 24.3 DAC interfacing to 8051

b) Practical Setup:

Fig 24.4 Practical Set up Diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

253
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

c) Simulation Diagram:

Fig 24.5: Simulation Diagram

d) Actual Circuit Diagram used:

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

254
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1 Microcontroller Single board systems with 8K RAM, ROM 1 No.
kit memory with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD
display, PC keyboard interfacing facility, Hex
keypad facility, single user cross c-compiler, RS-
232, USB, interfacing facility with built in power
supply.
2 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software
3 DAC (0808) Suitable to interface 8051 board. 1 No
trainer board

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.
2. Operate DAC chip as per specifications given in the datasheet otherwise damage may
occur to the device.

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

255
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to generate triangular waveform using DAC.

STEP1- Algorithm
1. Make the Port used to Interface DAC as an output port.
2. Clear Accumulator.
3. Send 00H value to DAC
4. Increment value.
5. Compare current value with highest value 0FFh and send it to DAC till it reaches.
6. Decrement value.
7. Compare current value with lowest value 00H and send it to DAC till it reaches.
8. For repeat operation go to step3.
9. Stop.

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 24.6 Flowchart to generate triangular waveform

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

256
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000h
C:0x0000 7400 REPEAT: MOV A, #00h Clear A
C:0x0002 F590 INCR: MOV P0, A Send value to P1
C:0x0004 04 INC A Increment value
Compare with highest
C:0x0005 B4FFFA CJNE A,#0FFh,INCR
value
C:0x0008 F590 DECR: MOV P0, A Send value to P1
C:0x000A 14 DEC A Decrement value
Compare with lowest
C:0x000B B400FA CJNE A, #00h, DECR
value
C:0x000E 80F0 SJMP REPEAT Repeat
END

Problem statement for student: Develop assembly program to generate sawtooth waveform
using DAC 0808

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

257
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.
2.
3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

258
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIII Observations for sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)
Trace the waveform for the triangular waveform observed on CRO.

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO
1. If Iref = 2mA and all the inputs to the DAC are high then find maximum current of
DAC 0808 IC.
2. To generate a sine wave using DAC 0808 find decimal values representing magnitude
of
the sine of angles between 0 and 360 degrees.
Refer Vout = 5V+ (5xsinθ).
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
259
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

3. If a switch SW is connected to port pin P0.0. Write a program to do the following.

a) When SW=0 the DAC output gives a triangular waveform.
b) When SW=1 the DAC output gives a staircase waveform.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/interfacing-dac-with-8051-microcontroller
2. http://vlabs.iitkgp.ac.in/rtes/exp3/index.html

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

260
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

3. https://peripheralinterfacing.wordpress.com/digital-to-analog-converter-using-8051-
microcontroller/

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

261
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 25: Stepper Motor interfacing to 8051

I Practical Significance

Stepper motors are commonly used in a wide range of applications such as robotics, CNC
machines, 3D printers, medical equipment, and automated manufacturing machinery where
precise speed control and accuracy are necessary. Stepper motors are controlled by
microcontrollers in areas such as computer peripherals, Business machines, process control
and for making robots. This practical will help the students to develop skills to interface
stepper motor to 8051 and rotate in clockwise direction at the given angles

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based applications

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface stepper motor to microcontroller and rotate in clockwise direction at the given angles

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

1. Follow safe practices.
2. Maintain tools and equipment.
3. Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Stepper motor converts electrical energy into precise mechanical motion. It rotates a
specific incremental distance per step. Every discrete step of a stepper motor is measured
in degree (it can be 1.8° or even smaller depending on the stepper motor type and stepping
technique).

Fig.25.1 Construction of stepper motor

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

262
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

It works on the principle of electromagnetism. There is a magnetic rotor shaft of soft iron which is
surrounded by the electromagnetic stators. When the stators are energized the rotor moves to
align itself along with the stator (in case of a permanent magnet type stepper) or moves to have a
minimum gap with the stator (in case of variable reluctance stepper). In this way the stators are
energized in a sequence to rotate stepper motor

Generally, stepper motors are classified into two types according to windings as:

• Unipolar
• Bipolar

Fig.25.2 Stepper motor types

The unipolar stepper motors, has one winding per phase, with a center tap. It has five or six wires
and four coils (actually two coils divided by center connections on each coil). The centre
connections of the coils are tied together and used as the power connection. They are called unipolar
stepper motors because power always comes in one pole.
The Bipolar stepper motor has four wires with no common center connection. It has two
independent sets of coils.

Step angle:
Step angle is defined as the minimum degree of rotation with a single step.
Number of steps per revolution = 360° / step angle
Steps per second = (RPM x steps per revolution) / 60

Table 18.1 Stepper Motor Step Angles

Step Angle Steps per revolution
0.72 500
1.8 200
2.0 180
2.5 144
5 72

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

263
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Switching Sequence of Motor:

As the coils need to be energized for the rotation. This can be done by sending a bits sequence to
one end of the coil while the other end is commonly connected. The bit sequence sent can make
either one phase ON or two phase ON for a full step sequence or it can be a combination of one
and two phase ON for half step sequence.

Full Step Sequence:

a) Wave Drive Stepping Mode (ONE PHASE ON )
Anti-
Clockwise Step # Winding A Winding B Winding C Winding D
Clockwise
1 1 0 0 0

 2
3
4
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1

b. Full Drive Stepping Mode (TWO PHASE ON)
Anti-
Clockwise Step # Winding A Winding B Winding C Winding D
Clockwise
1 1 0 0 1

 2
3
4
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1

Half Step Sequence:
• Half Drive mode:
To allow for finer resolution, all stepper motors allow an 8-step switching sequence.
Clockwise Step Winding A Winding B Winding C Winding D Clockwise
1 1 0 0 1
2 1 0 0 0


3 1 1 0 0
4
5
6
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0

7 0 0 1 1
8 0 0 0 1

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

264
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VII Practical Circuit diagram:

a) Sample circuit diagram

Fig 25.3 8051 connection to stepper motor

b) Practical setup

Fig 25.4 Practical Setup

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

265
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

c) Simulation diagram

Fig 25.5 Simulation diagram

d) Actual circuit used in laboratory

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

266
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

e) Actual Experimental set up used in laboratory

VIII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components

1. Microcontroller kit S Single board system with 8K RAM,ROM memory with 1 No.
battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
C-compiler,RS-232,USB, interfacing facility with built
in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.
3.S Stepper Motor 0. 1.8° Step angle, 50/100 RPM Stepper motor with 1 No.
Trainer ULN 2003/2803 Driver.

IX Precautions to be followed
1) Ensure proper connection before turning ON power supply to the kit.
2) Always use driver circuit while interfacing stepper motor to microcontroller.
3) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (IDE) or any other
relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file for the above program.
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of the microcontroller.
8. Interface stepper motor to microcontroller as per circuit diagram shown in fig 25.3
9. Observe rotation of stepper motor and record in observation Table.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

267
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM: Write a program to rotate stepper motor in clockwise direction by 3600
Assume step angle of 1.8o

Step 1-Algorithm

1. Initialize the Port used to Interface stepper motor as an output port.

2. Set register as counter R1=50 for 200 steps i.e. 360° rotation.
3. Send first step sequence to stepper motor and add delay
4. Send second step sequence to stepper motor and add delay
5. Send third step sequence to stepper motor and add delay
6. Send fourth step sequence to stepper motor and add delay
7. Decrement counter and if count = 0, go to step 3
8. Stop

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 25.6 Flowchart for stepper motor to rotate in clockwise direction by 360o

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

268
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 7932 MOV R1,#50 ; Load count =50 for 3600 rotation
C:0x0002 759099 UP: MOV P1,#99H ; Send first step sequence to Port 1
C:0x0005 111A ACALL DELAY ; Call delay subroutine
C:0x0007 7590CC MOV P1,#0CCH ; Send second step sequence to Port 1
C:0x000A 111A ACALL DELAY ; Call delay subroutine
C:0x000C 759066 MOV P1,#66H ; Send third step sequence to Port 1
C:0x000F 111A ACALL DELAY ; Call delay subroutine
C:0x0011 759033 MOV P1,#33H ; Send fourth step sequence to Port 1
C:0x0014 111A ACALL DELAY ; Call delay subroutine
C:0x0016 D9EA DJNZ R1,UP ;Repeat 50 times
C:0x0018 80FE HERE: SJMP HERE ;stop
C:0x001A 7BFF DELAY: MOV R3,#255 ;Delay subroutine
C:0x001C 7CFF L2: MOV R4,#255
C:0x001E DCFE L1: DJNZ R4,L1
C:0x0020 DBFA DJNZ R3,L2
C:0x0022 22 RET
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

269
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Problem statement for student: Write a program to rotate stepper motor in clockwise direction by
1800. Use Full step sequence

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

270
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

XI Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

271
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XIII Observations sample program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Port pin status ( 0 / 1 )

Steps Step code
P1.3 P1.2 P1.1 P1.0
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVII Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. Calculate no of steps to move stepper motor by 40 degree in clockwise direction if step angle
is 2 degree, steps per revolution =180.
2. A stepper motor has a step angle of 7.2 degrees. Calculate number of steps per revolution.
3. Give the 8-step sequence of a stepper motor if code start with 0010.
[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

272
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

273
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XVIII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.monolithicpower.com/learning/resources/stepper-motors-basics-types-uses
2. https://www.portescap.com/en/products/stepper-motor-control
3. http://vlabs.iitkgp.ernet.in/rtes/exp10/index.html#
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/interfacing-stepper-motor-with-8051microcontroller

XIX Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

274
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Practical No. 26: Stepper Motor interfacing to 8051 for rotating anticlockwise

I Practical Significance

Stepper motors are commonly used in a wide range of applications such as robotics, CNC
machines, 3D printers, medical equipment, and automated manufacturing machinery where
precise speed control and accuracy are necessary. Stepper motors are controlled by
microcontrollers in areas such as computer peripherals, Business machines, process control
and for making robots. This practical will help the students to develop skills to interface
stepper motor to 8051 and rotate in clockwise direction at the given angles

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based applications

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface stepper motor to microcontroller and rotate in anti-clockwise direction at the
given angles.

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

1. Follow safe practices.
2. Maintain tools and equipment.
3. Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Stepper motor converts electrical energy into precise mechanical motion. It rotates a
specific incremental distance per step. Every discrete step of a stepper motor is measured
in degree (it can be 1.8° or even smaller depending on the stepper motor type and stepping
technique).

Fig.26.1 Construction of stepper motor

It works on the principle of electromagnetism. There is a magnetic rotor shaft of soft iron which is
surrounded by the electromagnetic stators. When the stators are energized the rotor moves to
align itself along with the stator (in case of a permanent magnet type stepper) or moves to have a
minimum gap with the stator (in case of variable reluctance stepper). In this way the stators are
energized in a sequence to rotate stepper motor

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

275
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Generally, stepper motors are classified into two types according to windings as:

• Unipolar
• Bipolar

Fig.26.2 Stepper motor types

The unipolar stepper motors, has one winding per phase, with a center tap. It has five or six wires
and four coils (actually two coils divided by center connections on each coil). The centre
connections of the coils are tied together and used as the power connection. They are called unipolar
stepper motors because power always comes in one pole.
The Bipolar stepper motor has four wires with no common center connection. It has two
independent sets of coils.

Step angle:
Step angle is defined as the minimum degree of rotation with a single step.
Number of steps per revolution = 360° / step angle
Steps per second = (RPM x steps per revolution) / 60

Table 26.1 Stepper Motor Step Angles

Step Angle Steps per revolution
0.72 500
1.8 200
2.0 180
2.5 144
5 72

Switching Sequence of Motor:

As the coils need to be energized for the rotation. This can be done by sending a bits sequence to
one end of the coil while the other end is commonly connected. The bit sequence sent can make
either one phase ON or two phase ON for a full step sequence or it can be a combination of one
and two phase ON for half step sequence.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

276
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Full Step Sequence:

a) Wave Drive Stepping Mode (ONE PHASE ON )
Table 26.2 Wave Drive Stepping Mode (ONE PHASE ON )

Anti-
Clockwise Step # Winding A Winding B Winding C Winding D
Clockwise
1 1 0 0 0

 2
3
4
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1

b. Full Drive Stepping Mode (TWO PHASE ON)
Table 26.3 Wave Drive Stepping Mode (ONE PHASE ON )
Anti-
Clockwise Step # Winding A Winding B Winding C Winding D
Clockwise
1 1 0 0 1

 2
3
4
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1

Half Step Sequence:
• Half Drive mode:
To allow for finer resolution, all stepper motors allow an 8-step switching sequence.
Table 26.4 8 Step Switching Sequence (ONE PHASE ON )

Clockwise Step Winding A Winding B Winding C Winding D Clockwise

1 1 0 0 1
2 1 0 0 0


3 1 1 0 0
4
5
6
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0

7 0 0 1 1
8 0 0 0 1

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

277
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

VII Practical Circuit diagram:

a) Sample circuit diagram

Fig 26.3 8051 connection to stepper motor

b) Practical setup

Fig 26.4 Practical Setup

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

278
Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
c) Simulation diagram

Fig 26.5 Simulation diagram

d) Actual circuit used in laboratory

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

279
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
e) Actual Experimental set up used in laboratory

VIII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components

1. Microcontroller kit S Single board system with 8K RAM, ROM memory with 1 No.
battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC keyboard
interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility, single user cross
C-compiler, RS-232, USB, interfacing facility with built
in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and program 1 No.
downloading software.
3.S Stepper Motor 0. 1.8° Step angle, 50/100 RPM Stepper motor with 1 No.
Trainer ULN 2003/2803 Driver.

IX Precautions to be followed
1) Ensure proper connection before turning ON power supply to the kit.
2) Always use driver circuit while interfacing stepper motor to microcontroller.
3) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (IDE) or any other
relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file for the above program.
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of the microcontroller.
8. Interface stepper motor to microcontroller as per circuit diagram shown in fig 26.3
9. Observe rotation of stepper motor and record in observation Table.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

280
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
E-Waste Management

1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer kits
and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM: Write a program to rotate stepper motor in anti-clockwise direction by1800
Assume step angle of 1.8o Use half step sequence

Step 1-Algorithm

1. Make the Port used to Interface stepper motor as an output port.

2. Set register as counter R2 =25 for 100 steps i.e.180° rotation.
3. Set register as counter R3 = 8 for half step code
4. Initialize pointer to table which is in code memory i.e. DPTR.
5. Clear accumulator.
6. Read data from code memory.
7. Send code to stepper motor.
8. Increment DPTR to access next memory location code.
9. Decrement R3 and if R3 = 0, go to step 5 else go to next.
10. Decrement R2 and if R2 = 0, go to step 3 else go to next.
11. Stop.

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 26.6 Flowchart for stepper motor to rotate in anti-clockwise direction by 180o

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

281
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)
Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 759000 MOV P1,#00H ;Define port P1 as output port
;Set register as counter of 25 for
C:0x0003 7A19 MOV R2,#25
1800 rotation
;set counter of 8 for half step code
C:0x0005 7B08 UP1: MOV R3,#8
sequence
;load address of program memory
C:0x0007 900200 MOV DPTR,#TABLE
into Data pointer
C:0x000A E4 UP: CLR A ;clear accumulator
;read step code from memory into
C:0x000B 93 MOVC A,@A+DPTR
accumulator
C:0x000C F590 MOV P1,A ;send step code to port
C:0x000E 1117 ACALL DELAY ;add delay
;increment memory pointer to read
C:0x0010 A3 INC DPTR
next step code
; decrement counter & jump to
C:0x0011 DBF7 DJNZ R3,UP memory location labeled as UP if
not equal to zero.
; decrement counter & jump to
C:0x0013 DAF0 DJNZ R2,UP1 memory location labeled as UP1 if
not equal to zero.
C:0x0015 80FE HERE: SJMP HERE ;wait
C:0x0017 7C64 DELAY: MOV R4,#100 ;delay Subroutine
C:0x0019 7D19 L3: MOV R5,#25
C:0x001B 7E19 L2: MOV R6,#25
C:0x001D DEFE L1: DJNZ R6,L1
C:0x001F DDFA DJNZ R5,L2
C:0x0021 DCF6 DJNZ R4,L3
C:0x0023 22 RET
ORG 0050H
DB 01H,03H,02H,
; Step code stored at code memory
C:0x0050 TABLE: 06H, 04H, 0CH,08H,
starting at location 0050H onward.
09H,
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

282
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Problem statement for student: Write a program to rotate stepper motor in anti-clockwise direction
by 3600. Use full step sequence. Assume step angle of 1.80

Step 1-Algorithm Step 2-Flowchart

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

283
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

Step 3- Assembly Language Program

Memory
Hex Code Label Mnemonics Comments
Address

XI Resources used

Sr. Name of Resource Specifications Quantity

No.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

284
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Observations for sample Program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

Port pin status (0 / 1)

Steps Step code
P1.3 P1.2 P1.1 P1.0
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………….…

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

285
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….……………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..

XVII Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design
more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. If a stepper motor takes 90 steps to make one complete revolution, calculate the step angle
for this motor.
2. Write specifications of stepper motor used in the lab.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

286
 Microcontroller & Applications (314304)

XVIII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.monolithicpower.com/learning/resources/stepper-motors-basics-types-uses
2. https://www.portescap.com/en/products/stepper-motor-control
3. http://vlabs.iitkgp.ernet.in/rtes/exp10/index.html#
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/interfacing-stepper-motor-with-8051microcontroller

XIX Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

287
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 27: Water Level Controller using 8051

I Practical Significance
The control of water levels is critical in various environmental and industrial contexts. Water
level control is essential for flood control, water supply management, ecosystem stability,
energy production, climate resilience, infrastructure protection, and navigational safety. This
practical will help the students to develop water level controller using 8051 and display the
status of Water tank on LCD.
II Industry/Employer expected outcome(s)
Maintain microcontroller-based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller-based applications.

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Design water level controller using any suitable open-source simulation software to detect
and control the water level in a tank.

V Relevant Affective domain related Outcome(s)

Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Sensors are crucial for measuring water levels accurately. Ultrasonic, capacitive, and float sensors
provide the necessary data for system adjustments. Advanced control systems utilize automation and
robotics to operate gates, pumps, and valves, ensuring optimal water levels without human intervention.
Thus, the water level controllers integrate control theory, sensor technology, hydraulic modeling,
automation, mechanical engineering, communication technologies, and feedback mechanisms to
maintain desired water levels efficiently.
Water level control system utilizes sensors to determine the water level in the tank which provides the
real time value to the microcontroller 8051 which compares with the set value and takes decision
whether to turn off the motor or keep it on which controls the water level in the tank and also
displays the status of water level on LCD display.

Fig 27.1 Water Level Controller basic block diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
288
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VII Actual Circuit Diagram used in laboratory

a) Simulation Diagram:

Fig 27.1: Simulation Diagram

b) Simulation Diagram used:

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

289
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VIII Resources Required

Sr. Instrument
Specification Quantity
No. /Components
1 Microcontroller Single board systems with 8K RAM, ROM 1 No.
kit memory with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD
display, PC keyboard interfacing facility, Hex
keypad facility, single user cross c-compiler, RS-
232, USB, interfacing facility with built in power
supply.
2 Desktop PC Loaded with open-source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software
3 Resistor 10 Kilo Ohms 1No.
4. Liquid Crystal 16 x 2 LCD 1 No.
Display
5. Simple DC Nominal Voltage 12V, Load Resistance 12 Ohms 1No.
Motor

IX Precautions to be Followed
1. Check rules / syntax of assembly programming.
2. Operate DAC chip as per specifications given in the datasheet otherwise damage may
occur to the device.

X Procedure
Write Program
1. Start Keil by double clicking on Keil icon.
2. Create a new project.
3. Select device for Target.
4. Double click on ATMEL and select AT89C51.
5. Type the program in text editor and save as filename.asm extension.
Compile the Program
6. Right click on source group and build the target.
7. Check for any errors in the output window and remove if any.
Run, Debug the Program
8. Click on Debug and start simulation and start/stop debug session.
9. Run the program step by step.
10. Observe the output on the project window.
11. Note the values of the result of various operations in the observation table.

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical
trainer kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

290
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

SAMPLE PROGRAM 1: Write a program to detect and control the water level in tank and
display the status on LCD.

STEP1- Algorithm
1. Configure the Port 0 and Port 2 as an output port.
2. Configure Port 3 pin 5 as output port pin to make the motor ON and OFF.
3. Configure Port 3 pin 3.0 to pin 3.3 as input pins to sense the status of Water level in tank.
4. Determine the water level by reading status of sensors connected.
5. If water tank is full then turn off the motor and display full on LCD.
6. Else keep the motor ON and display the status on LCD.
7. Repeat the process by going back to step 4.
Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 27.2 Flowchart for Water Level Controller

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
RS BIT P1.0
RW BIT P1.1
E BIT P1.2
Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’
291
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ORG 0000H
Check the status of water
C:0X0000 30B00E CHECK: JNB P3.0, LCDDISPLAY
level
Check the status of water
C:0X0003 30B10B JNB P3.1, LCDDISPLAY
level
C:0X0006 C285 CLR P3.5
Check the status of water
C:0X0008 30B206 JNB P3.2, LCD DISPLAY
level
C:0X000B D2B5 SETB P3.5
C:0X000D 1111 ACALL LCD DISPLAY
C:0X000F 80EF SJMP CHECK
C:0X0011 C290 LCDDISPLAY: CLR RS
C:0X0013 C291 CLR RW
C:0X0015 C292 CLR E
C:0X0017 7438 MOV A, #38H Initialize LCD
C:0X0019 1162 ACALL LCDCMD
C:0X001B 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X001D 740E MOV A, #0EH
C:0X001F 1162 ACALL LCDCMD
C:0X0021 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X0023 7406 MOV A, #06H
C:0X0025 1162 ACALL LCDCMD
C:0X0027 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X0029 7401 MOV A, #01H
C:0X002B 1162 ACALL LCDCMD
C:0X002D 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X002F 7480 MOV A, #80H
C:0X0031 1162 ACALL LCDCMD
C:0X0033 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X0035 30B008 JNB P3.0, F_DISPLAY
C:0X0038 30B10F JNB P3.1, H_DISPLAY
C:0X003B 30B214 JNB P3.2, Q_DISPLAY
C:0X003E 115A ACALL E_DISPLAY
C:0X0040 7446 F_DISPLAY: MOV A, # “F” Display Tank Full
C:0X0042 1164 Call Subroutine for LCD
ACALL LCDDATA
display
C:0X0044 117C ACALL DELAY Call Delay
C:0X0046 C2B5 CLR P3.5
C:0X0048 80B6 SJMP CHECK
C:0X004A 7448 H_DISPLAY: MOV A, # “H” Display Tank Half Full

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

292
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0X004C 116F Call Subroutine for LCD
ACALL LCDDATA
display
C:0X004E 117C ACALL DELAY Call Delay
C:0X0050 80AE SJMP CHECK
C:0X0052 7451 Q_DISPLAY: MOV A, # “Q” Display Tank Quarter Full
C:0X0054 116F Call Subroutine for LCD
ACALL LCDDATA
display
C:0X0056 117C ACALL DELAY Call Delay
C:0X0058 80A6 SJMP CHECK
C:0X005A 7445 E_DISPLAY: MOV A, # “E” Display Tank Empty
C:0X005C 116F Call Subroutine for LCD
ACALL LCDDATA
display
C:0X005E 117C ACALL DELAY Call Delay
C:0X0060 809E SJMP CHECK
C:0X0062 C290 Subroutine for LCD
LCDCMD: CLR RS
Commands
C:0X0064 C291 CLR RW
C:0X0066 F5A0 MOV P2, A
C:0X0068 D292 SETB E
C:0X006A 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X006C C292 CLR E
C:0X006E 22 RET
C:0X006F D290 Subroutine for LCD data
LCDDATA: SETB RS
display
C:0X0071 C291 CLR RW
C:0X0073 F5A0 MOV P2, A
C:0X0075 D292 SETB E
C:0X0077 117C ACALL DELAY
C:0X0079 C292 CLR E
C:0X007B 22 RET
C:0X007C A8FF DELAY: MOV RO, #FFH Delay Subroutine
C:0X007E 79FF BACK1: MOV R1, #FFH
C:0X0080 D9FE HERE: DJNZ R1, HERE
C:0X0082 D8FA DJNZ R0, BACK1
C:0X0084 22 RET
END

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

293
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XI Resources Used:

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.
2.
3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XIII Observations for sample program

Switch Switch Status LCD Display

1
2
3
4

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

294
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVII Practical Related Questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must design more
such questions so as to ensure the achievement of identified CO
a) List different types of sensors used to determine the liquid level.
b) List the sensors used in determining the level of corrosive liquid.
c) Give the principle of operation of any one liquid level sensor.
d) Justify the need of Analog to Digital [ADC] converter in designing water level
controller.

[Space for Answers]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

295
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References / Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.electronicshub.org/water-level-controller-using-8051-microcontroller/
2. https://www.circuitstoday.com/water-level-controller-using-8051
3. https://www.electronicsforu.com/electronics-projects/hardware-diy/water-level-
controller-cum-motor-protector

XIX Assessment Scheme

The given performance indicators should serve as a guideline for assessment regarding process
and product related marks:

Performance indicators Weightage

Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1 Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2 Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Product related: 10 Marks 40% (10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 % (25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

296
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Practical No. 28: Temperature Sensor interfacing to detect and measure

temperature

I Practical Significance

The measurement of temperature by using appropriate sensors and controllers is not only
important in environmental or weather monitoring but also crucial for many industrial
processes. Usually, a temperature sensor converts the temperature into an equivalent
voltage output. IC LM35 is such a sensor. This practical will help the students to develop
skills to interface temperature sensor to the microcontroller, read temperature and display
its value on LCD.

II Industry/Employer Expected Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based systems.

III Course Level Learning Outcome(s)

Maintain microcontroller based applications

IV Laboratory Learning Outcome(s)

Interface temperature sensor LM35 to 8051 to read temperature, convert it to decimal
and send the value to Port 0 with some delay

V Relevant Affective Domain related outcome(s)

1. Follow safe practices.
2. Maintain tools and equipment.
3. Follow ethical practices.

VI Relevant Theoretical Background

Fig.28.1 Temperature monitoring system

LM35 Temperature Sensor:

The LM35 series are precision integrated-circuit analog temperature sensor with an output voltage
linearly proportional to the Centigrade temperature around it. It is a small and cheap IC which can
be used to measure temperature anywhere between -55°C to 150°C. The LM35 comes already
calibrated hence requires no external calibration.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

297
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

LM35 Features:
1. Calibrated Directly in Celsius (Centigrade)
2. Operates From 4 V to 30 V. Typically 5V.
3. Can measure temperature ranging from -55°C to 150°C
4. Output voltage is directly proportional (Linear) to temperature
5. ±0.5°C Accuracy

Fig.28.2 Pin Diagram of LM35

Pin description:

Pin Pin Name Description

Number
1 Vs Input voltage is +5V for typical applications
2 Analog Out There will be increase in 10mV for raise of every 1°C.
3 Ground Connected to ground of circuit

Temperature to voltage conversion:

VOUT = 10mV / oC x T
T = VOUT / 10 mV(milliVolt)
Where Vout = LM35 output voltage, T = Temperature sensed in centigrade
This means at 100°C, Vout = 10 mV x 100 = 1000 mV = 1Volt

ADC0808:

An analog-to-digital converter, or simply ADC, is a semiconductor device that is used to convert

an analog signal into a digital code. An analog signal is a signal that may assume any value within
a continuous range. Examples of analog signals commonly encountered every day are sound, light,
temperature, and pressure, all of which may be represented electrically by an analog voltage or
current.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

298
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Specifications ADC0808 Chip ADC0808 Analog signal selection:

1. Resolution -8 Bits
2. Input Channels- 8 Analog Channel CBA
3. Single Supply- 5VDC IN0 0 0 0
4. Low Power- 15mW IN1 0 0 1
5. Conversion Time -100μs IN2 0 1 0
6. The clock frequency range of ADC is 10 KHz to IN3 0 1 1
1280 KHz. IN4 1 0 0
7. Typically 680 kHz used. IN5 1 1 1
8. Low power consumption IN6 1 1 0
IN7 1 1 1
ADC0808 Pin diagram:

Fig 28.3 ADC 0808 Pin diagram

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

299
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Table 28. 1: ADC 0808 Pin functions

VII Practical Circuit diagram:

a) Sample circuit diagram

Fig 28.4 8051 connection to ADC and LM35

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

300
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

b) Simulation diagram

Fig 28.5 Simulation diagram

c) Actual circuit used in laboratory

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

301
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

VIII Required Resources/apparatus/equipment with specifications

Instrument
Sr. No. Specification Quantity
/Components

1. Microcontroller kit S Single board system with 8K RAM,ROM memory 1 No.

with battery backup,16X4,16X2LCD display, PC
keyboard interfacing facility, Hex keypad facility,
single user cross C-compiler,RS-232,USB,
interfacing facility with built in power supply.
2. Desktop PC Loaded with open source IDE, simulation and 1 No.
program downloading software.
3. ADC (0808) trainer0. Suitable to interface 8051 board. 1 1 No.
board
4. LM 35 Temperature1. Suitable to interface ADC 0808 1 1 No.
sensor

IX Precautions to be followed
1) Care should be taken while operating LM 35 as it is rated to operate over −55°C to 150°C
temperature range
2) Refer datasheet for to provide clock frequency to ADC 0808 chip.
3) Care must be taken while taking observations during power up.
4) Check rules / syntax of assembly language programming.

X Procedure
1. Write algorithm for given problem.
2. Draw flowchart for the same.
3. Develop assembly program using Integrated Development Environment (IDE) or
any other relevant software tool.
4. Debug program on IDE.
5. Execute program on IDE.
6. Create hex file for the above program.
7. Download hex code in EPROM/Flash memory of the microcontroller.
8. Interface LM 35 to ADC 0808 IC and connect ADC output and LCD display to the
microcontroller as per circuit diagram shown in fig 28.4
9. Vary temperature of LM 35 and observe ADC output on LCD display.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

302
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

E-Waste Management
1. Identify pin configuration of the ICs and test the ICs on the IC tester.
2. If the IC is faulty then keep it in the proper e-waste bin.
3. If the IC is in OK condition, then mount it on breadboard or the trainer kit.
4. Utilize software-based simulations for training, decreasing the reliance on physical trainer
kits and subsequently reducing e-waste

SAMPLE PROGRAM: Write a program to read the temperature, convert it to decimal and
display on LCD

.Step 1-Algorithm
1. Define control signals RS, RW and EN for LCD and initialize LCD by sending
commands.
2. Select an analog channel by providing bits to A, B, and C addresses according to the
analog signal selection table.
3. Activate the ALE (address latch enable) pin.
4. Activate SC (start conversion) to initiate conversion.
5. Monitor EOC (end of conversion) to see whether conversion is finished. H-to-L output
indicates that the data is converted and is ready to be picked up. If we do not use EOC,
we can read the converted digital data after a brief time delay. The delay size depends on
the speed of the external clock we connect to the CLK pin.
6. Activate OE (output enable) to read data out of the ADC chip.

Note: In ADC0808 that there is no self-clocking and the clock must be provided from an
external source to the CLK pin. Although the speed of conversion depends on the frequency
of the clock connected to the CLK pin, it cannot be faster than 100 microseconds.

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

303
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Step 2-Flow Chart

Fig 28.6 Flowchart for temperature measurement

Step 3-Assembly Language Program

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
RS EQU P3.3
RW EQU P3.4
EN EQU P3.5
ALE BIT P2.0
SC BIT P2.1
EOC BIT P2.2
OE BIT P2.3

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

304
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
ADDR_A BIT P2.4
ADDR_B BIT P2.5
ADDR_C BIT P2.6

ORG 0000H
C:0x0000 758000 MOV P0,#00H ;make P0 as output
C:0x0003 1163 BACK: ACALL LCD
C:0x0005 7590FF MOV P1,#0FFH ;make P1 as input
C:0x0008 D2A6 SETB EOC ;make EOC an input
C:0x000A C2A4 CLR ALE ;clear ALE
C:0x000C C2A3 CLR SC ;clear WR
C:0x000E C2A5 CLR OE ;clear RD
C:0x0010 C2A2 CLR ADDR_C ;C=0
C:0x0012 C2A1 CLR ADDR_B ;B=0
C:0x0014 C2A0 CLR ADDR_A ;A=0 (select channel 0)
C:0x0016 D2A4 SETB ALE ;latch address
C:0x0018 1131 ACALL DELAY
C:0x001A D2A3 SETB SC ;start conversion
C:0x001C 1131 ACALL DELAY
C:0x001E C2A4 CLR ALE
C:0x0020 C2A3 CLR SC
C:0x0022 20A6FD HERE: JB EOC,HERE ;wait
C:0x0025 30A6FD HERE1: JNB EOC,HERE1
C:0x0028 D2A5 SETB OE
C:0x002A 1131 ACALL DELAY
C:0x002C E590 MOV A,P1 ;Read ADC data

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

305
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x002E C2A5 CLR OE
C:0x0030 1143 ACALL CONV ;call hex to ASCII
C:0x0032 1158 ACALL WRITETMP ; display temperature
C:0x0034 80CD SJMP BACK
C:0x0036 7B19 DELAY: MOV R3,#25 ;Delay Subroutine
C:0x0038 7C64 L3: MOV R4,#100
C:0x003A 7D64 L2: MOV R5,#100
C:0x003C DDFE L1: DJNZ R5,L1
C:0x003E DCFA DJNZ R4,L2
C:0x0040 DBF6 DJNZ R3,L3
C:0x0042 22 RET
MOV B,#10
C:0x0043 75F00A CONV: ; HEX to ASCII conversion
C:0x0046 DIV AB
84
C:0x0047 MOV R7,B
AFF0
C:0x0049 MOV B,#10
75F00A
C:0x004C DIV AB
84
C:0x004D MOV R6,B
AEF0
C:0x004F MOV A,R6
EE
C:0x0050 ADD A,#30H
2430
C:0x0052 MOV R6,A
FE
C:0x0053 MOV A,R7
EF
C:0x0054 ADD A,#30H
2430
C:0x0056 MOV R7,A
FF

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

306
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x0057 22 RET
MOV A,R6
C:0x0058 EE
ACALL LCDWRITE
C:0x0059 119E
MOV A,R7
C:0x005B EF
ACALL LCDWRITE
C:0x005C 119E
MOV A,#'C'
C:0x005E 7443
ACALL LCDWRITE
C:0x0060 119E
RET
C:0x0062 22
LCD: ACALL LCD_INIT
C:0x0063 117C
MOV DPTR, #MSG
C:0x0065 9000AB
C:0x0068 MOV R2, #12
7A0C
C:0x006A UP:CLR A
E4
C:0x006B MOVC A,@A+DPTR
93
C:0x006C ACALL LCDWRITE
119E
C:0x006E INC DPTR
A3
C:0x006F DJNZ R2, UP
DAF9

C:0x0071 22 RET
LCD_INIT: MOV A, #38H
C:0x0072 7438 ;LCD initialization
C:0x0074 ACALL CMD
1191
C:0x0076 MOV A, #0EH
740E
C:0x0078 ACALL CMD
1191

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

307
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x007A MOV A, #01H
7401
C:0x007C ACALL CMD
1191
C:0x007E MOV A, #06H
7406
C:0x0080 ACALL CMD
1191
C:0x0082 MOV A, #80H
7480
C:0x0084 ACALL CMD
1191
C:0x0086 22 RET

C:0x0087 F580 CMD: MOV P0, A ;LCD Command subroutine

C:0x0089 CLR RS
C2B3
C:0x008B CLR RW
C2B4
C:0x008D SETB EN
D2B5
C:0x008F CLR EN
C2B5
C:0x0091 ACALL DELAY
1136

C:0x0093 22 RET
LCDWRITE: MOV P0, A
C:0x0094 F580 ;LCD data subroutine
SETB RS
C:0x0096 D2B3
C:0x0098 CLR RW
C2B4
C:0x009A SETB EN
D2B5
C:0x009C CLR EN
C2B5
C:0x009E ACALL DELAY
1136

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

308
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

Memory Hex
Label Mnemonics Comments
Address Code
C:0x00A0 RET
22
DB
MSG: "TEMPERATURE:"

END

XI Resources Used

S. No. Instrument /Components Specification Quantity

1.
2.
3.

XII Actual Procedure Followed (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. ………………………………………………………………………………………………

XIII Observations for sample Program (use blank sheet provided if space not sufficient)

I ADC input VoltageO Temperature displayed

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

309
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIV Results (Output of the Program)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
XV Interpretation of Results (Give meaning of the above obtained results)

………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVI Conclusions and Recommendation (Actions/decisions to be taken based on the

interpretation of results).

……………………………………………………………………….…………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………….……………

XVII Practical related questions

Note: Below given are few sample questions for reference. Teacher must
design more suchquestions so as to ensure the achievement of identifies CO.
1. If output voltage of LM 35 sensor is 0.5V, then determine the Temperature detected.
2. If Vref pin is connected to 2.56V then calculate the step size of ADC0808.

[Space for Answers]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

310
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

XVIII References/Suggestions for further reading

1. https://www.ti.com/product/LM35
2. https://bravelearn.com/interface-lm35-temperature-sensor-with-8051-at89c51/
3. https://www.electronicshub.org/digital-temperature-sensor-circuit/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S5IBc_epa1A
5. https://circuitdigest.com/microcontroller-projects/interfacing-adc0808-with-8051-
microcontroller

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

311
Microcontroller & Applications (314340)

XIX Assessment Scheme

Performance indicators W Weightage

Pr Process related: 15 Marks 60%(15)
1U Use of IDE tools for programming 20%
2C Coding and Debugging ability 30%
3 Follow ethical practices. 10%
Pr Product related: 10 Marks 40%(10)
4 Correctness of algorithm/ Flow chart 20%
5 Relevance of output of the problem definition 15%
6 Timely Submission of report, Answer to sample questions 05%
Total 100 %(25)

Marks Obtained Dated signature

of Teacher
Process Product Related Total
Related (10) (25)
(15)

Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education ‘K-Scheme’

312